Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.1
a bodhisattva’s full maturity
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i skyon med pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­sattva­nyāma
See also “immaturity” and n.­272.
g.2
a practitioner without a dwelling
Wylie: gnas med par spyod pa, gnas myed par spyod pa
Tibetan: གནས་མེད་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།, གནས་མྱེད་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketacārī
A meditative stability.
g.3
Ābha
Wylie: snang ba
Tibetan: སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: ābha
Fifth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Radiance.”
g.4
Ābhāsvara
Wylie: ’od gsal, kun snang dang ba
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ།, ཀུན་སྣང་དང་བ།
Sanskrit: ābhāsvara
Eighth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Inner Radiance.” See also n.­89.
g.5
abhāṣya
Wylie: gzhal du med pa, gzhal du myed pa
Tibetan: གཞལ་དུ་མེད་པ།, གཞལ་དུ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhāṣya
Lit. “cannot be measured.” An incredibly large number, higher than aparyanta.
g.6
Abhibodhyaṅga­puṣpa
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag me tog
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: abhibodhyaṅga­puṣpa
Name that the hundred billion trillion beings in this assembly will bear when they become buddhas.
g.7
abiding in space
Wylie: nam mkha’i gnas la gnas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་གནས་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśāvasthita
A meditative stability.
g.8
abiding in the real nature without mentation
Wylie: de bzhin nyid la gnas shing sems med pa, de bzhin nyid la gnas shing sems myed pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་ལ་གནས་ཤིང་སེམས་མེད་པ།, དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་ལ་གནས་ཤིང་སེམས་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tathatā­sthita­niścita
A meditative stability.
g.9
abiding nature of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi gnas nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་གནས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmasthititā
A synonym for emptiness, and the realm of phenomena (dharmadhātu).
g.10
abiding nature of reality
Wylie: chos kyi gnas nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་གནས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmasthititā
Alslo rendered as “abiding nature of phenomena.”
g.11
abiding with certainty
Wylie: nges par gnas pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.12
abiding without mentation
Wylie: sems med par gnas pa, sems myed par gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པར་གནས་པ།, སེམས་མྱེད་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: sthitaniścitta
A meditative stability.
g.13
absence of joy with respect to all happiness and suffering
Wylie: bde ba dang sdug bsngal thams cad la mngon par dga’ ba med pa, bde ba dang sdug bsngal thams cad la mngon par dga’ ba myed pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བ་དང་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་མེད་པ།, བདེ་བ་དང་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sukhaduḥkha­nirabhinandī
A meditative stability.
g.14
absorption
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug pa, mnyam par bzhag pa
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།, མཉམ་པར་བཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpatti, samāhita
The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”Also rendered here as “meditative absorption.”
g.15
acceptance that phenomena are nonarising
Wylie: myi skye ba’i chos la bzod pa, skye ba myed pa’i chos la bzod pa
Tibetan: མྱི་སྐྱེ་བའི་ཆོས་ལ་བཟོད་པ།, སྐྱེ་བ་མྱེད་པའི་ཆོས་ལ་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: anutapattika­dharma­kṣānti
The bodhisattvas’ realization that all phenomena are unproduced and empty. It sustains them on the difficult path of benefiting all beings so that they do not succumb to the goal of personal liberation. Different sources link this realization to the first or eighth bodhisattva level (bhūmi).
g.16
accounts
Wylie: ’di ltar ’das pa
Tibetan: འདི་ལྟར་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: itivṛttaka
Seventh of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.17
accumulation of all attributes
Wylie: yon tan thams cad kyi tshogs su gyur pa
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་སུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­guṇa­saṃcaya
A meditative stability.
g.18
acintya
Wylie: bsam gyis mi khyab pa
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit: acintya
Lit. “inconceivable.” An incredibly large number, higher than asaṃkhya.
g.19
acquisitive aggregates
Wylie: nye bar len pa’i phung po
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: upādānaskandha
See “five acquisitive aggregates.”
g.20
afflicted
Wylie: nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: kleśa AS
See “afflicted mental state.”
g.21
afflicted mental state
Wylie: nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: kleśa
The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote. Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.
g.22
agent
Wylie: byed pa po
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kartṛ
g.23
aggregate
Wylie: phung po
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: skandha
See “five aggregates.”
g.24
aggregate of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śīlaskandha
First of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.25
aggregate of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimuktiskandha
Fourth of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.26
aggregate of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi phung po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhi­skandha
Second of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.27
aggregate of the knowledge and seeing of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba’i phung po, rnam par grol ba’i ye shes gzigs pa’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།, རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimukti­jñāna­darśana­skandha
Fifth of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.28
aggregate of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajñāskandha
Third of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.29
aging and death
Wylie: rga shi
Tibetan: རྒ་ཤི།
Sanskrit: jarāmaraṇa
Twelfth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.30
agreeable speech
Wylie: tshig blang bar ’os pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླང་བར་འོས་པ།
Sanskrit: ādeyavacana
g.31
Akaniṣṭha
Wylie: ’og min
Tibetan: འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit: akaniṣṭha
Lit. “Highest.”The eighth and highest level of the Realm of Form (rūpadhātu), the last of the five pure abodes (śuddhāvāsa); it is only accessible as the result of specific states of dhyāna. According to some texts this is where non-returners (anāgāmin) dwell in their last lives. In other texts it is the realm of the enjoyment body (saṃbhoga­kāya) and is a buddhafield associated with the Buddha Vairocana; it is accessible only to bodhisattvas on the tenth level.
g.32
Akṣobhya
Wylie: myi sgul ba
Tibetan: མྱི་སྒུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: akṣobhya
The translation of his name in this sūtra differs from the usual translations, which are either mi ’khrugs pa, mi skyod pa, or mi bskyod pa Lit. “Not Disturbed” or “Immovable One.” The buddha in the eastern realm of Abhirati. A well-known buddha in Mahāyāna, regarded in the higher tantras as the head of one of the five buddha families, the vajra family in the east.
g.33
all the activities of their bodies are preceded by transcendental knowledge and informed by transcendental knowledge
Wylie: sku’i phrin las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro ste/ ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang
Tibetan: སྐུའི་ཕྲིན་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་སྟེ། ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་།
Sanskrit: sarva­kāya­karma­jñāna­pūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Thirteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.34
all the activities of their minds are preceded by transcendental knowledge and informed by transcendental knowledge
Wylie: thugs kyi phrin las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro ste/ ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang
Tibetan: ཐུགས་ཀྱི་ཕྲིན་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་སྟེ། ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་།
Sanskrit: sarva­manaḥkarma­jñāna­pūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Fifteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.35
all the activities of their speech are preceded by transcendental knowledge and informed by transcendental knowledge
Wylie: gsung gi phrin las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro ste/ ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang
Tibetan: གསུང་གི་ཕྲིན་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་སྟེ། ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་།
Sanskrit: sarva­vākkarma­jñāna­pūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Fourteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.36
all-aspect omniscience
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvākārajñatā
This key term in the Prajñā­pāramitā literature refers to the omniscience of a buddha, and is not to be confused with the “knowledge of the aspects of the path” of bodhisattvas, or with the knowledge of all the dharmas (thams cad shes pa, lit. “omniscience”) of śrāvakas. The “all-aspect” (sarvākāra) part of the term refers to the different aspects that it comprises, and is explained in two ways in The Long Explanation (Toh 3808, 4.­78–4.­80). One way identifies the “aspects” as being qualities such as nonarising and unproduced, unceasing, primordially at peace, naturally in nirvāṇa, without intrinsic nature, emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, etc. The other way identifies them as being the collections of the wholesome, unwholesome, and neutral, and the collection of those destined for error and those of uncertain destiny. All-aspect omniscience is also the first of the eight progressive stages of clear realization.
g.37
Amoghadarśin
Wylie: don yod mthong ba
Tibetan: དོན་ཡོད་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: amoghadarśin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.38
anabhilāpya
Wylie: brjod du med pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilāpya
Lit. “inexpressible.” An incredibly large number, higher than abhāṣya.
g.39
anabhilāpyānabhilāpya
Wylie: brjod du med pa’i yang brjod du med pa, brjod du med pa’i yang brjod du myed pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཡང་བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།, བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཡང་བརྗོད་དུ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilāpyānabhilāpya
Lit. “inexpressibly inexpressible.” An incredibly large number, higher than anabhilāpya.
g.40
analysis of phenomena
Wylie: chos rnam par ’byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmapravicaya
Second of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.41
Ānanda
Wylie: kun dga’ bo
Tibetan: ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: ānanda
A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.
g.42
ananta
Wylie: mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: ananta
Lit. “unbounded.” An incredibly large number, higher than atulya.
g.43
Anantamati
Wylie: blo gros mtha’ yas
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.44
Anantavīrya
Wylie: brtson ’grus mtha’ yas
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantavīrya
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.45
Anāvaraṇamati
Wylie: sgrib med blo gros
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་མེད་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: anāvaraṇamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.46
Anikṣiptadhura
Wylie: mi gtong brtson pa
Tibetan: མི་གཏོང་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: anikṣiptadhura
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.47
Anupamamati
Wylie: blo gros dpe med
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དཔེ་མེད།
Sanskrit: anupamamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.48
aparyanta
Wylie: kun tu mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: aparyanta
Lit. “completely unbounded.” An incredibly large number, higher than ananta.
g.49
application of mindfulness to feelings
Wylie: tshor ba dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: vedanānupaśyī­smṛtyupasthāna
Second of the four applications of mindfulness.
g.50
application of mindfulness to phenomena
Wylie: chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānupaśyī­smṛtyupasthāna
Fourth of the four applications of mindfulness.
g.51
application of mindfulness to the body
Wylie: lus dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ལུས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyānupaśyī­smṛtyupasthāna
First of the four applications of mindfulness.
g.52
application of mindfulness to the mind
Wylie: sems dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: སེམས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: cittānupaśyī­smṛtyupasthāna
Third of the four applications of mindfulness.
g.53
applications of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛtyupasthāna
See “four applications of mindfulness.”
g.54
apprehend
Wylie: dmigs
Tibetan: དམིགས།
Sanskrit: upalabhate
dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them.Also translated here as “focus on.”
g.55
apprehending
Wylie: dmigs pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: upalambha
See “apprehend.”
g.56
Apramāṇābha
Wylie: tshad med snang ba, tshad myed snang ba
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་སྣང་བ།, ཚད་མྱེད་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: apramāṇābha
Seventh of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Immeasurable Radiance.”
g.57
Apramāṇaśubha
Wylie: tshad med dge, tshad myed dge
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་དགེ།, ཚད་མྱེད་དགེ།
Sanskrit: apramāṇaśubha
Eleventh of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Immeasurable Virtue.”
g.58
Apramāṇavṛha
Wylie: tshad med che ba, tshad myed che ba
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་ཆེ་བ།, ཚད་མྱེད་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: apramāṇavṛha
Literally meaning “Immeasurably Great,” the name used in this text and in the Twenty-Five Thousand for what is, in the Prajñāpāramitā literature, the fifteenth of the sixteen levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations. The Sanskrit equivalent is attested in the Sanskrit of the Hundred Thousand, while the name Puṇyaprasava (q.v.) is used in the later Sanskrit manuscripts that correspond more closely to the eight-chapter Tengyur version of this text. In other genres, this is the eleventh of twelve levels corresponding to the four meditative concentrations.
g.59
aprameya
Wylie: tshad med pa
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aprameya AS
Lit. “ immeasurable.” An incredibly large number.
g.60
arhat
Wylie: dgra bcom pa
Tibetan: དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: arhat
According to Buddhist tradition, one who is worthy of worship (pūjām arhati), or one who has conquered the enemies, the mental afflictions (kleśa-ari-hata-vat), and reached liberation from the cycle of rebirth and suffering. It is the fourth and highest of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. Also used as an epithet of the Buddha.See also “śrāvaka.”
g.61
arranging the sameness of letters
Wylie: yi ge mnyam par ’god pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མཉམ་པར་འགོད་པ།
Sanskrit: samākṣarāvatāra
A meditative stability.
g.62
array of flashes of lightning
Wylie: glog gi ’od zer bkod pa
Tibetan: གློག་གི་འོད་ཟེར་བཀོད་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.63
array of power
Wylie: dpung rnam par bkod pa
Tibetan: དཔུང་རྣམ་པར་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: balavyūha
A meditative stability.
g.64
Āryavimuktisena
Wylie: rnam grol sde
Tibetan: རྣམ་གྲོལ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: vimuktisena
Indian commentator on the Abhisamayālaṃkāra (fl. early sixth century).
g.65
as an elephant looks
Wylie: glang po chen po’i lta stangs
Tibetan: གླང་པོ་ཆེན་པོའི་ལྟ་སྟངས།
Sanskrit: nāgāvalokita
A simile that describes an undistracted, unmoving, but all-encompassing gaze. See also n.­156.
g.66
asaṃkhya
Wylie: grangs med pa
Tibetan: གྲངས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkhya
Lit. “uncountable.” An incredibly large number, higher than aprameya.
g.67
Asaṅga
Wylie: thogs med
Tibetan: ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit: asaṅga
Indian commentator (fl. fourth century); closely associated with the works of Maitreya and the Yogācāra philosophical school.
g.68
Aśokaśrī
Wylie: ngan med pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ངན་མེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: aśokaśrī
Name of a buddha in the southern direction, residing in the world system called Sarva­śokāpagata.
g.69
aspectless
Wylie: rnam pa med pa, rnam pa myed pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མེད་པ།, རྣམ་པ་མྱེད་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.70
assembly
Wylie: g.yog ’khor, ’khor
Tibetan: གཡོག་འཁོར།, འཁོར།
Sanskrit: parivāra
g.71
asura
Wylie: lha ma yin
Tibetan: ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: asura
A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).See also “gods.”
g.72
Atapa
Wylie: mi gdung ba, myi gdung ba
Tibetan: མི་གདུང་བ།, མྱི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit: atapa
Second of the five Śuddhāvāsa realms, meaning “Painless.”
g.73
attachment to the realm of formlessness
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: ārūpyarāga
Second of the five fetters associated with the superior.
g.74
attachment to the realm of forms
Wylie: gzugs kyi ’dod chags
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: ruparāga
First of the five fetters associated with the superior.
g.75
attention
Wylie: yid la byed pa, yid la bya ba, yid la bgyid pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།, ཡིད་ལ་བྱ་བ།, ཡིད་ལ་བགྱིད་པ།
Sanskrit: manaskāra
Also translated here as “turn the attention toward,” “pay attention to,” “attention connected with,” “direct the attention to,” and so on.
g.76
attributes of the level of the spiritual family
Wylie: rigs kyi sa’i chos
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་སའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: gotra­bhūmi­dharma
g.77
atulya
Wylie: mtshungs pa myed pa, mtshungs pa med pa
Tibetan: མཚུངས་པ་མྱེད་པ།, མཚུངས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: atulya
Lit. “unparalleled.” An incredibly large number, higher than acintya.
g.78
auditory consciousness
Wylie: rna ba’i rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
g.79
aurally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: rna ba’i ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: śrotra­saṃsparśa
g.80
Auspicious Eon
Wylie: bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhadrakalpa
Name of the present eon of time, during which one thousand buddhas appear in succession, Śākyamuni being the fourth and Maitreya the fifth.
g.81
Avalokiteśvara
Wylie: spyan ras gzigs kyi dbang phyug
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་ཀྱི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit: avalokiteśvara
One of the “eight close sons of the Buddha,” he is also known as the bodhisattva who embodies compassion. In certain tantras, he is also the lord of the three families, where he embodies the compassion of the buddhas. In Tibet, he attained great significance as a special protector of Tibet, and in China, in female form, as Guanyin, the most important bodhisattva in all of East Asia.
g.82
Avṛha
Wylie: mi che ba, myi che ba
Tibetan: མི་ཆེ་བ།, མྱི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: avṛha
First of the five Śuddhāvāsa realms, meaning “Slightest.”
g.83
bad
Wylie: sdig pa
Tibetan: སྡིག་པ།
Sanskrit: agha
g.84
basic transgression
Wylie: kha na ma tho ba
Tibetan: ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: sāvadya
The term is applied to actions, describing those that are negative in the sense either of being naturally wrong or of transgressing a formal rule or commitment. It is often translated as “wrongdoing,” “unwholesome,” etc.
g.85
beautiful moon
Wylie: zla ba bzang po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sucandra
A meditative stability.
g.86
because of the diffusion of light rays not making mistakes
Wylie: ’od zer rab tu ’gyed pas ’khrul pa med par byed pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པས་འཁྲུལ་པ་མེད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.87
beyond sequence
Wylie: snrel zhi
Tibetan: སྣྲེལ་ཞི།
Sanskrit: vyatyasta
A meditative stability. See also n.­311.
g.88
Bhadrabala
Wylie: bzang po’i stobs
Tibetan: བཟང་པོའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: bhadrabala
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.89
Bhadrapāla
Wylie: bzang skyong
Tibetan: བཟང་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit: bhadrapāla
Head of the “sixteen excellent men” (ṣoḍaśasatpuruṣa), a group of householder bodhisattvas present in the audience of many sūtras. He appears prominently in certain sūtras, such as The Samādhi of the Presence of the Buddhas (Pratyutpannabuddha­saṃmukhāvasthita­samādhisūtra, Toh 133) and is perhaps also the merchant of the same name who is the principal interlocutor in The Questions of Bhadrapāla the Merchant (Toh 83).
g.90
Bimbisāra
Wylie: bim bi sa ra
Tibetan: བིམ་བི་ས་ར།
Sanskrit: bimbisāra
The king of Magadha and a great patron of the Buddha. His birth coincided with the Buddha’s, and his father, King Mahāpadma, named him “Essence of Gold” after mistakenly attributing the brilliant light that marked the Buddha’s birth to the birth of his son by Queen Bimbī (“Goldie”). Accounts of Bimbisāra’s youth and life can be found in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1-1, Pravrajyāvastu).King Śreṇya Bimbisāra first met with the Buddha early on, when the latter was the wandering mendicant known as Gautama. Impressed by his conduct, Bimbisāra offered to take Gautama into his court, but Gautama refused, and Bimbisāra wished him success in his quest for awakening and asked him to visit his palace after he had achieved his goal. One account of this episode can be found in the sixteenth chapter of The Play in Full (Toh 95, Lalitavistara). There are other accounts where the two meet earlier on in childhood; several episodes can be found, for example, in The Hundred Deeds (Toh 340, Karmaśataka). Later, after the Buddha’s awakening, Bimbisāra became one of his most famous patrons and donated to the saṅgha the Bamboo Grove, Veṇuvana, at the outskirts of the capital of Magadha, Rājagṛha, where he built residences for the monks. Bimbisāra was imprisoned and killed by his own son, the prince Ajātaśatru, who, influenced by Devadatta, sought to usurp his father’s throne.
g.91
birth
Wylie: skye ba
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: jāti
Eleventh of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.92
Blessed Lord
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das, btsun pa bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།, བཙུན་པ་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhadanta­bhagavan
See “Blessed One.”
g.93
Blessed One
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavan
In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).In this text, we have opted to translate the epithet bhagavat (bcom ldan ’das) as “the Blessed One” when it stands alone in narrative contexts, and as “Lord” when found in dialogue, as in the vocative expressions “Blessed Lord” (bhadanta­bhagavan, btsun pa bcom ldan ’das) and “Lord Buddha” (bhagavanbuddha, sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das).
g.94
blossoming and vibrance of the flowers of virtue
Wylie: dge ba’i me tog rgyas shing gsal ba
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་ཤིང་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: śubha­puṣpita­śuddha
A meditative stability.
g.95
Bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­surucitā
Wylie: snying po byang chub kyi rgyan shin tu yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་རྒྱན་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­surucitā
Name of a world system in the southeastern direction, where the buddha Padmottaraśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.96
bodhisattva
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattva
A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain perfect buddhahood, traversing the ten bodhisattva levels (daśabhūmi, sa bcu). Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. In terms of the view, they realize both the selflessness of persons and the selflessness of phenomena.See also “bodhisattva great being.”
g.97
bodhisattva great being
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­sattva­mahā­sattva
The term can be understood to mean “great courageous one” or "great hero,” or (from the Sanskrit) simply “great being,” and is almost always found as an epithet of “bodhisattva.” The qualification “great” in this term, according to the majority of canonical definitions, focuses on the generic greatness common to all bodhisattvas, i.e., the greatness implicit in the bodhisattva vow itself in terms of outlook, aspiration, number of beings to be benefited, potential or eventual accomplishments, and so forth. In this sense the mahā- is closer in its connotations to the mahā- in “Mahāyāna” than to the mahā- in “mahāsiddha.” While individual bodhisattvas described as mahāsattva may in many cases also be “great” in terms of their level of realization, this is largely coincidental, and in the canonical texts the epithet is not restricted to bodhisattvas at any particular point in their career. Indeed, in a few cases even bodhisattvas whose path has taken a wrong direction are still described as bodhisattva mahāsattva.Later commentarial writings do nevertheless define the term‍—variably‍—in terms of bodhisattvas having attained a particular level (bhūmi) or realization. The most common qualifying criteria mentioned are attaining the path of seeing, attaining irreversibility (according to its various definitions), or attaining the seventh bhūmi.See also “bodhisattva.”
g.98
boundless eloquence
Wylie: spobs pa mtha’ yas
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantaprabhā
A meditative stability.
g.99
boundless lamplight
Wylie: mtha’ yas sgron ma
Tibetan: མཐའ་ཡས་སྒྲོན་མ།
A meditative stability.
g.100
boundless light
Wylie: ’od mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: འོད་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: anantaprabhā
A meditative stability.
g.101
Brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmā
A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).
g.102
Brahmakāyika
Wylie: tshangs ris
Tibetan: ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit: brahmakāyika
First and lowest of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Stratum of Brahmā.”
g.103
Brahmaloka
Wylie: tshangs pa’i ’jig rten
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: brahmaloka
A collective name for the first three heavens of the form realm, which correspond to the first concentration (dhyāna): Brahmakāyika, Brahmapurohita, and Mahābrahmā (also called Brahmapārṣadya). These are ruled over by the god Brahmā. According to some sources, it can also be a general reference to all the heavens in the form realm and formless realm. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.104
Brahma­pārṣadya
Wylie: tshangs pa kun ’khor
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་ཀུན་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: brahma­pārṣadya
Third of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Retinue of Brahmā.”
g.105
Brahmapurohita
Wylie: tshangs lha nye phan
Tibetan: ཚངས་ལྷ་ཉེ་ཕན།
Sanskrit: brahmapurohita
Second of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Brahmā Priest.”
g.106
brahmin priest
Wylie: bram ze
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇa
A member of the highest of the four castes in Indian society, which is closely associated with religious vocations.
g.107
brain tissue
Wylie: glad pa
Tibetan: གླད་པ།
Sanskrit: mastaka
g.108
branches of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅga
See “seven branches of enlightenment.”
g.109
bringer of joy
Wylie: dga’ ba byed pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ratikara
A meditative stability.
g.110
brittle
Wylie: ’jig pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhaṅgula
g.111
buddhafield
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi zhing
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit: buddhakṣetra
This term denotes the operational field of a specific buddha, spontaneously arising as a result of his altruistic aspirations.
g.112
burning lamp
Wylie: sgron ma ’bar ba
Tibetan: སྒྲོན་མ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: jvalanolkā
A meditative stability.
g.113
Butön
Wylie: bu ston rin chen grub
Tibetan: བུ་སྟོན་རིན་ཆེན་གྲུབ།
Tibetan scholar and historian (1290–1364) based at the monastery of Zhalu. His list of translated texts was one of several influences on the compilation of the first Kangyurs, and he was directly involved in the establishment of the Tengyur.
g.114
by way of apprehending
Wylie: dmyigs pa’i tshul gyis, dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: དམྱིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།, དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: ārambaṇayogena
The expression “by way of apprehending” implies that ordinary persons perceive phenomena as inherently existing, whereas bodhisattvas are said to act and teach “without apprehending anything.” On the latter term, see its respective glossary entry. See also “apprehend.”
g.115
caitya
Wylie: mchod rten
Tibetan: མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: caitya AD
The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.
g.116
calmed
Wylie: rab tu zhi ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.117
Candragarbha
Wylie: zla ba’i snying po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: candragarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.118
Cāritramati
Wylie: spyod pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: cāritramati
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the western direction called Upaśāntā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.119
Cāturmahārājika
Wylie: rgyal chen bzhi’i ris, rgyal po chen po bzhi’i ris
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།, རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit: cāturmahārājika
Lit. “Abode of the Four Great Kings.” For consistency rgyal chen bzhi’i ris is rendered Cāturmahārājika (“[gods] belonging to the group of the Four Great Kings”), even though there are a number of Skt. forms (Edg says the forms are cāturmahā­rāja­kāyika and less often Cāturmahārājika, and Cāturmahārājika and less often caturmahā­rājika) and slight differences are encountered in the Tib. translation. “Gods” is sometimes rendered explicitly and is sometimes implicit in the Tib. One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, lowest among the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu, ’dod khams). Dwelling place of the Four Great Kings (caturmahārāja, rgyal chen bzhi), traditionally located on a terrace of Sumeru, just below the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Each cardinal direction is ruled by one of the Four Great Kings and inhabited by a different class of nonhuman beings as their subjects: in the east, Dhṛtarāṣṭra rules the gandharvas; in the south, Virūḍhaka rules the kumbhāṇḍas; in the west, Virūpākṣa rules the nāgas; and in the north, Vaiśravaṇa rules the yakṣas.
g.120
certainty in the realm of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings su nges pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­niyata
A meditative stability.
g.121
cessation of suffering
Wylie: ’gog pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodha
Third of the four truths of the noble ones.
g.122
Che Khyidruk
Wylie: lce khi ’brug
Tibetan: ལྕེ་ཁི་འབྲུག
A Tibetan author and translator dated to the late eighth and early ninth centuries ᴄᴇ. As well as being listed by Butön among the translators of this text, he is the author of three treatises on Sanskrit grammar in the Tengyur (Toh 4350, Toh 4351, and Q 5838).
g.123
child of Manu
Wylie: shed bdag
Tibetan: ཤེད་བདག
Sanskrit: mānava
Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.
g.124
Chokro Lui Gyaltsen
Wylie: cog ro klu’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཅོག་རོ་ཀླུའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
An important early Tibetan translator and editor who was also one of the twenty-five principal disciples of Guru Padmasambhava.
g.125
clear appearance
Wylie: snang ba gsal ba
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: śuddha­pratibhāsa
A meditative stability.
g.126
clear-eyed
Wylie: mig yongs su dag pa, myig yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: མིག་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།, མྱིག་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.127
combined humoral disorders
Wylie: ’dus pa pa’i bro, ’dus pa pa’i nad
Tibetan: འདུས་པ་པའི་བྲོ།, འདུས་པ་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: sāṃnipātikā­vyādhi
Fourth of the four kinds of disease.
g.128
common phenomena
Wylie: thun mong gi chos
Tibetan: ཐུན་མོང་གི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: sādhāraṇa­dharma
Common phenomena from the perspective of ordinary persons include the following: the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable attitudes, the four formless meditative absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers.
g.129
compassion
Wylie: snying rje
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: karuṇā
Second of the four immeasurable attitudes.
g.130
comprehension of all bases of existence through realization
Wylie: rtogs pas srid pa’i gzhi thams cad khong du chud pa
Tibetan: རྟོགས་པས་སྲིད་པའི་གཞི་ཐམས་ཅད་ཁོང་དུ་ཆུད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­bhava­tala­vikiraṇa
A meditative stability.
g.131
conditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus byas kyi chos, chos ’dus byas, ’dus byas
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།, ཆོས་འདུས་བྱས།, འདུས་བྱས།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛtadharma
Conditioned phenomena are listed at 8.­87. See also n.­129.
g.132
confidence that inspires speech
Wylie: spobs pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhāna
See “inspired eloquence.”
g.133
confidence that inspires speech that is composed
Wylie: mnyam par bzhag pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: མཉམ་པར་བཞག་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: samāhita­pratibhāna AO
g.134
confidence that inspires speech that is distinguished and elevated above the mundane
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad las mngon par ’phags shing khyad zhugs pa’i spobs, ’jig rten thams cad las khyad par du ’phags pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་ཤིང་ཁྱད་ཞུགས་པའི་སྤོབས།, འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་ཁྱད་པར་དུ་འཕགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­lokābhyudgata-viśiṣṭha­pratibhāna
g.135
confidence that inspires speech that is purposeful
Wylie: don dang ldan pa’i spobs pa, don bzang po dang ldan pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: དོན་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།, དོན་བཟང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: artha­vatpratibhāna
g.136
confidence that inspires speech that is rational
Wylie: rigs pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: རིགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: yukti­pratibhāna
g.137
confidence that inspires speech that is uninterrupted
Wylie: rgyun ’chad pa myed pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་འཆད་པ་མྱེད་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: anācchedya­pratibhāna
g.138
confidence that inspires speech that is well connected
Wylie: ’brel ba’i spobs pa
Tibetan: འབྲེལ་བའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: śliṣṭa­pratibhāna
g.139
consciousness
Wylie: rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñāna
Fifth of the five aggregates; also third of the twelve links of dependent origination. In the context‌ of the present discourse, there are six types of consciousness, namely, visual consciousness, auditory consciousness, olfactory consciousness, tactile consciousness, and mental consciousness.
g.140
consciousness element
Wylie: rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: vi­jñāna­dhātu
g.141
contagious disease
Wylie: ’go ba’i nad
Tibetan: འགོ་བའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: upasarga
See also n.­641.
g.142
contaminant
Wylie: zag pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ།
Sanskrit: āsrava
Literally, “to flow” or “to ooze.” Mental defilements or contaminations that “flow out” toward the objects of cyclic existence, binding us to them. Vasubandhu offers two alternative explanations of this term: “They cause beings to remain (āsayanti) within saṃsāra” and “They flow from the Summit of Existence down to the Avīci hell, out of the six wounds that are the sense fields” (Abhidharma­kośa­bhāṣya 5.40; Pradhan 1967, p. 308). The Summit of Existence (bhavāgra, srid pa’i rtse mo) is the highest point within saṃsāra, while the hell called Avīci (mnar med) is the lowest; the six sense fields (āyatana, skye mched) here refer to the five sense faculties plus the mind, i.e., the six internal sense fields.
g.143
contaminated phenomena
Wylie: zag pa dang bcas pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: sāsravadharma
Contaminated phenomena include the following: the five aggregates encompassed in the three realms, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable attitudes, and the four formless meditative absorptions. See also n.­129.
g.144
convergence in nonaffliction
Wylie: nyon mongs pa med par yang dag par gzhol ba, nyon mongs pa myed par yang dag par gzhol ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པར་ཡང་དག་པར་གཞོལ་བ།, ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མྱེད་པར་ཡང་དག་པར་གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anusaraṇa­sarva­samavasaraṇa
A meditative stability.
g.145
convergence of all afflicted mental states in nonaffliction
Wylie: nyon mongs pa dang bcas pa thams cad nyon mongs pa myed par yang dag par gzhol ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་བཅས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མྱེད་པར་ཡང་དག་པར་གཞོལ་བ།
A meditative stability. In Dutt 198 there appears to be no corresponding item.
g.146
corporeally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: lus kyi ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyasaṃsparśa
g.147
correct action
Wylie: yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: samyakkarmānta
Fourth factor of the noble eightfold path.
g.148
correct effort
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagvyāyāma
Sixth factor of the noble eightfold path.
g.149
correct exertion
Wylie: yang dag par spong ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: prahāṇa
See four correct exertions.
g.150
correct livelihood
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagājīva
Fifth factor of the noble eightfold path.
g.151
correct meditative stability
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samyaksamādhi
Eighth factor of the noble eightfold path.
g.152
correct mindfulness
Wylie: yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaksmṛti
Seventh factor of the noble eightfold path.
g.153
correct speech
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit: samyagvāg
Third factor of the noble eightfold path.
g.154
correct thought
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃkalpa
Second factor of the noble eightfold path. ”
g.155
correct view
Wylie: yang dag par lta ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagdṛṣṭi
First factor of the noble eightfold path.
g.156
covetousness
Wylie: chags sems
Tibetan: ཆགས་སེམས།
Sanskrit: abhidhyā
Eighth of the ten nonvirtuous actions; first of the four knots.
g.157
craving
Wylie: sred pa
Tibetan: སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tṛṣṇā
Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination; fourth of the four torrents.
g.158
crest of certainty’s victory banner
Wylie: nges pa’i rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: niyata­dhvaja­ketu
A meditative stability.
g.159
crest of the moon’s victory banner
Wylie: zla ba’i rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: candra­dhvaja­ketu
A meditative stability.
g.160
crown prince
Wylie: gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan: གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: kumāra­bhūta
The term, depending on context, can refer either to bodhisattvas who remain celibate, or to bodhisattvas at the advanced level of “crown prince” who are awaiting the final stages before buddhahood that include regency and consecration.
g.161
cutting off the objective support
Wylie: dmigs pa gcod pa, dmyigs pa gcod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་གཅོད་པ།, དམྱིགས་པ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ālambhanaccheda
A meditative stability.
g.162
Daṃṣṭrāsena
Wylie: mche ba’i sde
Tibetan: མཆེ་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: daṃṣṭrāsena, daṃṣṭrasena
Kashmiri scholar, probably of the eighth or ninth century, thought to be the author of the Long Commentary on the Hundred Thousand Line Prajñā­pāramitā (Toh 3807) and possibly of the Long Commentary on the Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Line Prajñā­pāramitās (Toh 3808) as well.
g.163
defilement
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃkleśa
A term meaning defilement, impurity, and pollution, broadly referring to cognitive and emotional factors that disturb and obscure the mind. As the self-perpetuating process of affliction in the minds of beings, it is a synonym for saṃsāra. It is often paired with its opposite, vyavadāna, meaning “purification.”
g.164
definitive knowledge of the acumen of other beings, other persons, which is to be known as superior or inferior
Wylie: sems can gzhan dang gang zag gzhan gyi dbang po rab dang / tham shes par bya ba yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་གྱི་དབང་པོ་རབ་དང་། ཐམ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: anya­sattva­pudgalendriyavarāvara­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna
Fifth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.165
definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other beings, other persons, have
Wylie: sems can gzhan dang / gang zag gzhan gyi mos pa sna tshogs dang / mos pa du ma yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དང་། གང་ཟག་གཞན་གྱི་མོས་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་དང་། མོས་པ་དུ་མ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: anyasattva­pudgala­nānādhimuktyanekādhimukti­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna
Fourth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.166
definitive knowledge of the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, meditative concentrations, liberations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions, and defiled and purified states
Wylie: dbang po dang / stobs dang / byang chub kyi yan lag dang / bsam gtan dang / rnam par thar pa dang / ting nge ’dzin dang / snyoms par ’jug pa dang / kun nas nyon mongs pa dang / rnam par byang ba rnam par dgod pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་དང་། སྟོབས་དང་། བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དང་། བསམ་གཏན་དང་། རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་དང་། ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་དང་། སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དང་། ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་། རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་རྣམ་པར་དགོད་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: sarvendriya­bala­bodhyaṅga­vimokṣa­dhyāna­samādhi­samāpatti­saṃkleśa­vyavadāna­vyuthāna­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna
Seventh of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.167
definitive knowledge of the maturation, the aspect of location, and the aspect of cause of past, future, and present actions and the undertakings of action
Wylie: ’das pa dang ma ’ongs pa dang / da ltar byung ba’i las dang / las yongs su len pa’i rnam par smyin pa/ gnas kyi rnam pa dang / rgyu’i rnam par yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: འདས་པ་དང་མ་འོངས་པ་དང་། ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་ལས་དང་། ལས་ཡོངས་སུ་ལེན་པའི་རྣམ་པར་སྨྱིན་པ། གནས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པ་དང་། རྒྱུའི་རྣམ་པར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: atītānāgata­pratyutpanna­sarva­karma­samādāna­hetu­vipākayathābhūta­prajñāna
Second of the ten powers of the tathāgatas. See also n.­506.
g.168
definitive knowledge of the paths, wherever they lead
Wylie: kun tu ’gro ba’i lam yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་འགྲོ་བའི་ལམ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: sarvatra­gāmanī­pratipadyathā­bhūta­prajñāna
Sixth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.169
definitive knowledge that a world has a diversity of constituents, that a world has multiple constituents
Wylie: ’jig rten ni khams sna tshogs can te/ ’jig rten ni khams du ma pa’o zhes bya bar yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ནི་ཁམས་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཅན་ཏེ། འཇིག་རྟེན་ནི་ཁམས་དུ་མ་པའོ་ཞེས་བྱ་བར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: nāna­loka­dhātu­nāna­dhātu­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna
Third of the ten powers of the tathāgatas. See also n.­507.
g.170
definitive knowledge that phenomena that are possible are indeed possible, and definitive knowledge that phenomena that are impossible are indeed impossible
Wylie: gnas la’ang gnas su yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/ /gnas ma yin pa la’ang gnas ma yin par yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: གནས་ལའང་གནས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ། །གནས་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལའང་གནས་མ་ཡིན་པར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: sthāna­sthāna­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna asthānāsthāna­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna
First of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.171
delight
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: prīti
Fourth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.172
delineator
Wylie: yongs su gcod pa byed pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གཅོད་པ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niratiśaya, paricchedakara
A meditative stability.
g.173
delusion
Wylie: gti mug
Tibetan: གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit: moha
One of the three poisons (dug gsum) along with aversion, or hatred, and attachment, or desire, which perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. It is the obfuscating mental state which obstructs an individual from generating knowledge or insight, and it is said to be the dominant characteristic of the animal world in general. Commonly rendered as confusion, delusion, and ignorance, or bewilderment.
g.174
dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel par ’byung ba
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: pratītya­samutpāda
The principle of dependent origination asserts that nothing exists independently of other factors, the reason for this being that things and events come into existence only by dependence on the aggregation of causes and conditions. In general, the processes of cyclic existence, through which the external world and the beings within it revolve in a continuous cycle of suffering, propelled by the propensities of past actions and their interaction with afflicted mental states, originate dependent on the sequential unfolding of twelve links, commencing from ignorance and ending with birth , aging, and death. It is only through deliberate reversal of these twelve links that one can succeed in bringing the whole cycle to an end. See also “twelve links of dependent origination.”
g.175
designation for something
Wylie: chos su btags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་སུ་བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmaprajñapti
g.176
desire
Wylie: ’dod chags
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: rāga
First of the five fetters associated with the inferior. Also one of the three poisons (dug gsum) along with hatred and delusion which perpetuate the sufferings of saṃsāra.
g.177
determination
Wylie: rnam par nges pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ངེས་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.178
devoid of darkness
Wylie: rab rib med pa
Tibetan: རབ་རིབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vitimirāpagata
A meditative stability.
g.179
devoid of letters
Wylie: yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: akṣarāpagata
A meditative stability.
g.180
devoid of vocalic syllables
Wylie: sgra dbyangs kyi yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nirakṣaramukti
A meditative stability.
g.181
dhāraṇī
Wylie: gzungs
Tibetan: གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇī
The term dhāraṇī has the sense of something that “holds” or “retains,” and so it can refer to the special capacity of practitioners to memorize and recall detailed teachings. It can also refer to a verbal expression of the teachings‍—an incantation, spell, or mnemonic formula‍—that distills and “holds” essential points of the Dharma and is used by practitioners to attain mundane and supramundane goals. The same term is also used to denote texts that contain such formulas.
g.182
dhāraṇī gateway
Wylie: gzungs kyi sgo
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmukha
As a magical formula, a dhāraṇī constitutes a gateway to the infinite qualities of awakening, the awakened state itself, and the various forms of buddha activity. See also “dhāraṇī.”
g.183
dhāraṇī intelligence
Wylie: gzungs kyi blo gros
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmati
A meditative stability.
g.184
Dharma
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
The term dharma conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. The primary meanings are as follows: the doctrine taught by the Buddha (Dharma); the ultimate reality underlying and expressed through the Buddha’s teaching (Dharma); the trainings that the Buddha’s teaching stipulates (dharmas); the various awakened qualities or attainments acquired through practicing and realizing the Buddha’s teaching (dharmas); qualities or aspects more generally, i.e., phenomena or phenomenal attributes (dharmas); and mental objects (dharmas).
g.185
Dharma body
Wylie: chos kyi sku
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: dharmakāya
In distinction to the form body (rūpakāya) of a buddha, this is the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha.
g.186
diffusion of light rays
Wylie: ’od zer rab tu ’gyed pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: raśmipramukta
A meditative stability.
g.187
Dīpaṃkara
Wylie: mar me mdzad
Tibetan: མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit: dīpaṃkara
The previous buddha who gave Śākyamuni the prophecy of his buddhahood. In depictions of the buddhas of the three times, he represents the buddhas of the past, while Śākyamuni represents the present, Maitreya the future.
g.188
disassociate
Wylie: ’byed
Tibetan: འབྱེད།
Sanskrit: viyojayati
g.189
discourses
Wylie: mdo
Tibetan: མདོ།
Sanskrit: sūtra
First of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.190
dispelling doubt
Wylie: nem nur rnam par sel ba
Tibetan: ནེམ་ནུར་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimativikiraṇa
A meditative stability.
g.191
dispelling the army of the four māras
Wylie: bdud bzhi’i dpung sel ba
Tibetan: བདུད་བཞིའི་དཔུང་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: caturmāra­bala­vikiraṇa
A meditative stability.
g.192
dispelling the defects of corporeality
Wylie: lus kyi skyon yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱོན་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kāya­kali­saṃpramathana
A meditative stability.
g.193
dispelling the defects of speech
Wylie: ngag gi skyon yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ངག་གི་སྐྱོན་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.194
dispelling the defects of the mind
Wylie: yid kyi skyon yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་སྐྱོན་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.195
dispersal
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vikiraṇa
A meditative stability.
g.196
distinct qualities of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit: aveṇika­buddha­dharma
See “eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.”
g.197
distinguishing the terms associated with all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi tshig rab tu ’byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚིག་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­pada­prabheda
A meditative stability.
g.198
disturbed
Wylie: myi brtan pa
Tibetan: མྱི་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: acala
g.199
do not degenerate in their liberation nor do they degenerate in their knowledge and seeing of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba yongs su nyams pa myi mnga’o/ /rnam par grol ba’i ye shes gzigs pa yongs su nyams pa myi mnga’o/, rnam par grol ba nyams pa med pa’am rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའོ། །རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའོ།, རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པའམ་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti vimuktihāniḥ nāsti vimukti­jñāna­darśanahāniḥ
Twelfth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.200
do not degenerate in their meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin yongs su nyams pa myi mnga’, ting nge ’dzin nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའ།, ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti samādhihāniḥ
Tenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.201
do not degenerate in their mindfulness
Wylie: dgongs pa yongs su nyams pa myi mnga’
Tibetan: དགོངས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti smṛtihāniḥ
Ninth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.202
do not degenerate in their perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus yongs su nyams pa myi mnga’
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti viryahāniḥ
Eighth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.203
do not degenerate in their resolution
Wylie: mos pa yongs su nyams pa myi mnga’, ’dun pa nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: མོས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའ།, འདུན་པ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti cchandahāniḥ
Seventh of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.204
do not degenerate in their wisdom
Wylie: shes rab yongs su nyams pa myi mnga’
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti prajñāhāniḥ
Eleventh of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.205
does what needs to be done
Wylie: bya ba byed pa
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: kārākāra
A meditative stability.
g.206
doubt
Wylie: the tshom
Tibetan: ཐེ་ཚོམ།
Sanskrit: vicikitsā
Second of the three fetters, and fifth of the five fetters associated with the inferior.
g.207
earshot
Wylie: rgyang grags
Tibetan: རྒྱང་གྲགས།
Sanskrit: krośa
A measurement traditionally equivalent to five hundred arm spans.
g.208
earth element
Wylie: sa’i khams
Tibetan: སའི་ཁམས།
g.209
eight liberations
Wylie: rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭavimokṣa
A series of progressively more subtle states of meditative realization or attainment. There are several presentations of these found in the canonical literature. One of the most common is as follows: (1) One observes form while the mind dwells at the level of the form realm. (2) One observes forms externally while discerning formlessness internally. (3) One dwells in the direct experience of the body’s pleasant aspect. (4) One dwells in the realization of the sphere of infinite space by transcending all conceptions of matter, resistance, and diversity. (5) Transcending the sphere of infinite space, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of infinite consciousness. (6) Transcending the sphere of infinite consciousness, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of nothingness. (7) Transcending the sphere of nothingness, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception. (8) Transcending the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception, one dwells in the realization of the cessation of conception and feeling.For a list of the eight in this text, see 8.­82 and 9.­49.
g.210
eight stations of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched brgyad
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭābhibhvāyatana
Eight transformations that ensue for someone who meditatively masters eight specific perceptual states. For a complete list, see Twenty-Five Thousand, 62.­57 .
g.211
eight ways great persons think
Wylie: skyes bu chen po’i rnam par rtog pa brgyad
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭa­mahā­puruṣa­vitarka
As enumerated in the Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3807 (Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.40.b-41.a) they comprise (1) the notion when one reflects on the ability to dispel all the suffering of all beings (nam zhig sems can thams cad kyi sdug bsngal thams cad sel nus snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (2) the notion when one reflects on the ability to secure great endowments for beings afflicted by poverty (nam zhig dbul bas sdug bsngal ba’i sems can rnams ’byor pa chen po la ’jog nus snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (3) the notion when one reflects on the ability to engage in acts of benefit for beings through one’s body of flesh and blood (nam zhig sha khrag dang bcas pa’i lus kyis sems can rnams kyi don byed nus snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (4) the notion when one reflects on acts exclusively for the benefit for beings, even though they remain for a long time as denizens of the hells (sems can dmyal ba na yun ring por gnas pas kyang / nam zhig sems can rnams la phan pa byed pa ’ba’ zhig tu ’gyur snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (5) the notion when one reflects that the hopes of all worlds might be seen to be perfected through mundane and supramundane endowments (nam zhig ’jig rten dang / ’jig rten las ’das pa’i ’byor bas ’jig rten thams cad kyi re ba yongs su rdzogs pa mthong bar ’gyur snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (6) the notion when one reflects that one might become a buddha and then genuinely deliver all beings from all the sufferings of saṃsāra (nam zhig bdag sangs rgyas su gyur nas sems can thams cad ’khor ba’i sdug bsngal thams cad las yang dag par ’byin par ’gyur snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (7) the notion when one reflects that one should not resort over successive lives to births that are disadvantageous to all beings, thoughts that do not engage in the benefit of beings, conduct that concerns the sole savor of ultimate reality, words that do not bring happiness to all beings, livelihoods that do not benefit others, bodies that cannot benefit others, minds that are unclear about benefiting others, wealth that does not benefit beings, authority that does not act for the sake of living beings, or delight in harming others (sems can thams cad la phan ’dogs pa med pa’i skye ba dang / sems can gyi don dulha’i mig sbyor ba med pa’i sems dang / don dam pa’i ro gcig pu la spyod pa dang / skye bo thams cad sim par byed pa ma yin pa’i tshig dang // gzhan la mi phan pa’i ’tsho ba dang / gzhan la phan pa byed mi nus pa’i lus dang / gzhan la phan ’dogs pa la mi gsal ba’i blo dang / sems can la phan par mi spyod pa’i nor dang / ’gro ba rnams kyi don spyod pa med pa’i dbang phyug dang / gzhan la gnod pa byed pa’i dga’ bar tshe rabs tshe rabs su ma gyur cig snyam du rnam par rtog pa); and (8) the notion when one wishes that all the negative deeds of all living creatures should ripen in oneself and that all the fruits of one’s own positive actions should ripen in all beings (srog chags thams cad kyi sdig pa’i las thams cad kyi ’bras bu bdag la smin la/ bdag gis legs par spyad pa’i ’bras bu thams cad sems can thams cad la smin par gyur cig snyam du rnam par rtog pa).
g.212
eight-branched confession and restoration
Wylie: yan lag brgyad dang ldan pa’i gso sbyin
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་གསོ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: aṣṭāṅgika­poṣadha
To refrain from (1) killing, (2) stealing, (3) sexual activity, (4) false speech, (5) intoxication, (6) singing, dancing, music, and beautifying oneself with adornments or cosmetics, (7) using a high or large bed, and (8) eating at improper times. Typically, this observance is maintained by lay people for twenty-four hours on new moon and full moon days, as well as other special days in the lunar calendar.
g.213
eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad, sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bcwo brgyad
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།, སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅྭོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭā­daśāveṇika­buddha­dharma
Eighteen special features of a buddha’s behavior, realization, activity, and wisdom that are not shared by other beings. They are generally listed as: (1) he never makes a mistake, (2) he is never boisterous, (3) he never forgets, (4) his concentration never falters, (5) he has no notion of distinctness, (6) his equanimity is not due to lack of consideration, (7) his motivation never falters, (8) his endeavor never fails, (9) his mindfulness never falters, (10) he never abandons his concentration, (11) his insight (prajñā) never decreases, (12) his liberation never fails, (13) all his physical actions are preceded and followed by wisdom (jñāna), (14) all his verbal actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (15) all his mental actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (16) his wisdom and vision perceive the past without attachment or hindrance, (17) his wisdom and vision perceive the future without attachment or hindrance, and (18) his wisdom and vision perceive the present without attachment or hindrance.
g.214
eighteen emptinesses
Wylie: stong pa nyid bcwo brgyad, stong nyid bcwo brgyad
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅྭོ་བརྒྱད།, སྟོང་ཉིད་བཅྭོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭa­daśa­śūnyatā
The eighteen emptinesses are listed here as: (1) emptiness of internal phenomena, (2) emptiness of external phenomena, (3) emptiness of external and internal phenomena, (4) emptiness of emptiness, (5) emptiness of great extent, (6) emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) emptiness of conditioned phenomena, (8) emptiness of unconditioned phenomena, (9) emptiness of the unlimited, (10) emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end, (11) emptiness of nonexclusion, (12) emptiness of inherent nature, (13) emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics, (14) emptiness of all phenomena, (15) emptiness of that which cannot be apprehended, (16) emptiness of nonentities, (17) emptiness of essential nature, and (18) emptiness of an essential nature of nonentities. See also The Long Explanation (Toh 3808), 4.­103–4.­161, for an explanation of each of the emptinesses.
g.215
eighteen sensory elements
Wylie: khams bcwo brgyad
Tibetan: ཁམས་བཅྭོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭadaśadhātu
The eighteen sensory elements, which appear in statements throughout the text either as just the name of the set or as a complete list, comprise (1) the sensory element of the eyes, (2) the sensory element of sights, and (3) the sensory element of visual consciousness; (4) the sensory element of the ears, (5) the sensory element of sounds, and (6) the sensory element of auditory consciousness; (7) the sensory element of the nose, (8) the sensory element of odors, and (9) the sensory element of olfactory consciousness; (10) the sensory element of the tongue, (11) the sensory element of tastes, and (12) the sensory element of gustatory consciousness; (13) the sensory element of the body, (14) the sensory element of touch, and (15) the sensory element of tactile consciousness; and (16) the sensory element of the mental faculty, (17) the sensory element of mental phenomena, and (18) the sensory element of mental consciousness.
g.216
eighth level
Wylie: brgyad pa’i sa, brgyad pa
Tibetan: བརྒྱད་པའི་ས།, བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit: aṣṭamakabhūmi, aṣṭamaka
Name of the third of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. See “ten levels.”A person who is “eight steps” away in the arc of their development from becoming an arhat (Tib. dgra bcom pa). Specifically, this term refers to one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream enterer (Skt. srotaāpanna; Tib. rgyun du zhugs pa), and it is the first and lowest stage in a list of eight stages or classes of a noble person (Skt. āryapudgala). The person at this lowest stage in the sequence is still on the path of seeing (Skt. darśanamārga; Tib. mthong lam) and then enters the path of cultivation (Skt. bhāvanāmārga; Tib. sgom lam) upon attaining the next stage, that of a stream enterer (stage seven). From there they progress through the remaining stages of the śrāvaka path, becoming in turn a once-returner (stages six and five), a non-returner (stages four and three), and an arhat (stages two and one). This same “eighth stage” also appears in a set of ten stages (Skt. daśabhūmi; Tib. sa bcu) found in Mahāyāna sources, where it is the third out of the ten. Not to be confused with the ten stages of the bodhisattva’s path, these ten stages mark the progress of one who sequentially follows the paths of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood. In this set of ten stages a person “on the eighth stage” is similarly one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream enterer.
g.217
eighty minor signs
Wylie: dpe byad bzang po brgyad cu
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ་བརྒྱད་ཅུ།
Sanskrit: asītyānuvyañjana
Eighty of the hundred and twelve identifying physical characteristics of both buddhas and wheel-turning emperors, in addition to the so-called “thirty-two major marks of a great person.” They are considered “minor” in terms of being secondary to the thirty-two major marks. For their enumeration see the Twenty-Five Thousand, 62.­79; the Eighteen Thousand, 73.­93; or the Ten Thousand, 2.­33.
g.218
Ekacchatra
Wylie: gdugs dam pa
Tibetan: གདུགས་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ekacchatra
Name of a buddha in the northwestern direction, residing in the world system called Vaśībhūtā.
g.219
elder
Wylie: gnas brtan
Tibetan: གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit: sthavira
A monk of seniority within the assembly of the śrāvakas.
g.220
elevated by phenomena
Wylie: chos kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmodgata
A meditative stability.
g.221
eleven knowledges
Wylie: shes pa bcu gcig
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་བཅུ་གཅིག
Sanskrit: ekādaśajñāna
These, as listed in 2.­10–2.­11, are (1) knowledge of suffering, (2) knowledge of the origin of suffering, (3) knowledge of the cessation of suffering, (4) knowledge of the path , (5) knowledge of the extinction of contaminants, (6) knowledge that contaminants will not arise again, (7) knowledge of phenomena, (8) knowledge of nonduality, (9) knowledge of the conventional, (10) knowledge of mastery, and (11) knowledge in accord with sound.
g.222
empathetic joy
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: muditā
Third of the four immeasurable attitudes.
g.223
emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatā
Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independent of the complex network of factors that gives rise to its origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.
g.224
emptiness as a gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatā­vimokṣa­mukha
First of the three gateways to liberation.
g.225
emptiness of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­śūnyatā
The fourteenth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.226
emptiness of an essential nature of nonentities
Wylie: dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāva­svabhāva­śūnyatā
The eighteenth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.227
emptiness of both external and internal phenomena
Wylie: phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātma­bahirdhā­śūnyatā
Third of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.228
emptiness of conditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛta­śūnyatā
The seventh of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.229
emptiness of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatāśūnyatā
Fourth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.230
emptiness of essential nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svabhāva­śūnyatā
Seventeenth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.231
emptiness of external phenomena
Wylie: phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: bahirdhā­śūnyatā
Second of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.232
emptiness of great extent
Wylie: chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: mahāśūnyatā
The fifth of the eighteen emptinesses
g.233
emptiness of inherent nature
Wylie: rang bzhin stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: prakṛtiśūnyatā
The twelfth of the eighteen emptinesses. See also “inherent nature.”
g.234
emptiness of internal phenomena
Wylie: nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātma­śūnyatā
First of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.235
emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics
Wylie: rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svalakṣaṇa­śūnyatā
The thirteenth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.236
emptiness of nonentities
Wylie: dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāvaśūnyatā
Sixteenth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.237
emptiness of nonexclusion
Wylie: dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavakāra­śūnyatā
The eleventh of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.238
emptiness of that which cannot be apprehended
Wylie: mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anupalambha­śūnyatā
Fifteenth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.239
emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end
Wylie: thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavarāgra­śūnyatā
Tenth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.240
emptiness of the unlimited
Wylie: mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: atyantaśūnyatā
Ninth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.241
emptiness of ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: paramārtha­śūnyatā
Sixth of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.242
emptiness of unconditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛta­śūnyatā
The eighth of the eighteen emptinesses
g.243
endowed with a distinct forbearance
Wylie: ma ’dres pa’i bzod pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: མ་འདྲེས་པའི་བཟོད་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.244
endowed with all finest aspects
Wylie: rnam pa’i mchog thams cad dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པའི་མཆོག་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākārāvatāra
A meditative stability. See also n.­402 and in the Twenty-Five Thousand, n.­231.
g.245
endowed with dhāraṇīs
Wylie: gzungs dang ldan pa
Tibetan: གཟུངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.246
endowed with practice
Wylie: spyod pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: cāritravatī
A meditative stability.
g.247
endowed with the branches of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag yod pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅgavatī
A meditative stability.
g.248
endowed with the essence
Wylie: snying po dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: śāravatī
A meditative stability.
g.249
engaging with certainty in lexical explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig la gdon mi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirukti­niyata­praveśa
A meditative stability.
g.250
engaging with certainty in lexical explanations of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi nges pa’i tshig la gdon myi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མྱི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nirukti­niyata­praveśa
A meditative stability.
g.251
entering into names and signs
Wylie: ming dang mtshan ma la ’jug pa, mying dang mtshan ma la ’jug pa
Tibetan: མིང་དང་མཚན་མ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།, མྱིང་དང་མཚན་མ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.252
entering into the ascertainment of names
Wylie: ming nges par ’jug pa, mying nges par ’jug pa
Tibetan: མིང་ངེས་པར་འཇུག་པ།, མྱིང་ངེས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nāmani­yata­praveśa
A meditative stability.
g.253
entering the stream
Wylie: rgyun tu zhugs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་ཏུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: śrotaāpanna
One of the four types of noble individuals, the first stage of the progression culminating in the state of an arhat. The term is often rendered “stream enterer.”
g.254
entity
Wylie: dngos po
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhāva
Something that is taken to be intrinsically existent.
g.255
entrance through letters
Wylie: yi ge la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣarapraveśa
One aspect of a set of forty-four syllables listed at 9.­70 as dhāraṇī gateways. See also “letters as gateways.”
g.256
entrance to symbols and sounds
Wylie: brda dang sgra la ’jug pa
Tibetan: བརྡ་དང་སྒྲ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃketa­ruta­praveśa
A meditative stability.
g.257
entry into abiding in the knowledge of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad shes par gnas pa la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པར་གནས་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­jñāna­mudra­praveśa
A meditative stability.
g.258
entry into designations
Wylie: tshig bla dags la yang dag par ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླ་དགས་ལ་ཡང་དག་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: adhivacana­saṃpraveśa
A meditative stability.
g.259
eon
Wylie: bskal pa
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit: kalpa
A cosmic period of time, sometimes equivalent to the time when a world system appears, exists, and disappears. According to the traditional Abhidharma understanding of cyclical time, a great eon (mahākalpa) is divided into eighty lesser eons. In the course of one great eon, the universe takes form and later disappears. During the first twenty of the lesser eons, the universe is in the process of creation and expansion; during the next twenty it remains; during the third twenty, it is in the process of destruction; and during the last quarter of the cycle, it remains in a state of empty stasis. A fortunate, or good, eon (bhadrakalpa) refers to any eon in which more than one buddha appears.
g.260
equal to the unequaled
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: āgamasama
An expression of ultimate excellence.
g.261
equal to the unequaled
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: āgamasama
A meditative stability.
g.262
equanimity
Wylie: btang snyoms
Tibetan: བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit: upekṣā
Fourth of the four immeasurable attitudes and seventh of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.263
essential nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid, rang bzhin
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།, རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right‍—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.
g.264
established instructions
Wylie: gtan la phab pa bstan pa
Tibetan: གཏན་ལ་ཕབ་པ་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: upadeśa
Eleventh of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.265
ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: śīla
Morally virtuous or disciplined conduct and the abandonment of morally undisciplined conduct of body, speech, and mind. In a general sense, moral discipline is the cause for rebirth in higher, more favorable states, but it is also foundational to Buddhist practice as one of the three trainings (triśikṣā) and one of the six perfections of a bodhisattva. Often rendered as “ethics,” “discipline,” and “morality.”See also “six perfections.”
g.266
evil Māra
Wylie: bdud sdig to can
Tibetan: བདུད་སྡིག་ཏོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: māra pāpīyas
A reference either to Māra himself, or sometimes (in the plural) to a group of his kind.
g.267
exact knowledge
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratisaṃvid
See “four kinds of exact knowledge.”
g.268
exact knowledge of dharmas
Wylie: chos so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­pratisaṃvid
Second of the four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.269
exact knowledge of inspired eloquence
Wylie: spobs pa so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhāna­pratisaṃvid
Fourth of the four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.270
exact knowledge of lexical explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirukta­pratisaṃvid
Third of the four kinds of exact knowledge. See also “lexical explanations.”
g.271
exact knowledge of meanings
Wylie: don so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: དོན་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: artha­pratisaṃvid
First of the four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.272
exalted
Wylie: yang dag par ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: samudgata
A meditative stability.
g.273
exalted on account of the ten powers
Wylie: stobs bcu’i stobs kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུའི་སྟོབས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: daśabalodgata
A meditative stability.
g.274
exalted realms
Wylie: mtho ris
Tibetan: མཐོ་རིས།
Sanskrit: svarga
The realms of higher rebirth comprising the different levels of the gods. In the canonical texts this term does not include the human realm.
g.275
excellently well established
Wylie: rab tu bde bar gnas pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་བདེ་བར་གནས་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.276
expanded on account of being elevated by phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi ’phags pas yongs su rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཕགས་པས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.277
experiencer
Wylie: tshor ba po
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vedaka
g.278
extrasensory power
Wylie: mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijñā
The six extrasensory powers (miraculous ability, clairaudience, knowing beings’ minds, recollecting past lives, clairvoyance, and knowing the contaminants have ceased) are described fully in 2.­601-2.­613. The five extrasensory powers are the first five of these, the sixth being the only one attainable only by arhats.
g.279
extrasensory power through which the cessation of contaminants is realized
Wylie: zag pa zad pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: āsrava­kṣayābhijñā­sākṣātkriyā­[jñāna-]abhijñā
Sixth of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.­611–2.­613.
g.280
extrasensory power through which the divine eye of clairvoyance is realized
Wylie: lha’i myig mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མྱིག་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: divyacakṣurabhijñā­sākṣātkriyā­[jñāna-]abhijñā
Fifth of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.­610.
g.281
extrasensory power through which the divine sensory element of the ears is realized
Wylie: lha’i rna ba’i khams mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ལྷའི་རྣ་བའི་ཁམས་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: divya­śrotra­jñānasākṣātkriyā­[jñāna-]abhijñā
Second of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.­602.
g.282
extrasensory power through which the facets of miraculous ability are realized
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rnam pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhi­vidhi­jñānasākṣātkriyā­[jñāna-]abhijñā
First of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.­601
g.283
extrasensory power through which the minds and conduct of all beings are realized
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi sems dang spyod pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སེམས་དང་སྤྱོད་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattvacittacāritra­jñānasākṣātkriyā­[jñāna-]abhijñā
Third of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.­604.
g.284
extrasensory power through which the recollection of past lives is realized
Wylie: sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: pūrva­nivāsānusmṛti­sākṣātkriyā­[jñāna-]abhijñā
Fourth of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.­607.
g.285
eye of divine clairvoyance
Wylie: lha’i mig, lha’i myig
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མིག, ལྷའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: divyacakṣus
Second of the five eyes.
g.286
eye of flesh
Wylie: sha’i mig, sha’i myig
Tibetan: ཤའི་མིག, ཤའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: māṃsacakṣus
First of the five eyes.
g.287
eye of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi spyan, sangs rgyas kyi mig, sangs rgyas kyi myig
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་སྤྱན།, སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མིག, སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: buddhacakṣus
Fifth of the five eyes.
g.288
eye of the Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi mig, chos kyi myig
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་མིག, ཆོས་ཀྱི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: dharmacakṣus
Fourth of the five eyes.
g.289
eye of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi mig, shes rab kyi myig
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མིག, ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: prajñācakṣus
Third of the five eyes.
g.290
factors conducive to enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: bodhi­pakṣa­dharma
See “thirty-seven factors conducive to enlightenment.“
g.291
faculties
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indriya
See “five faculties.”
g.292
faculty of coming to fully understand what has not been fully understood
Wylie: ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po
Tibetan: མ་ཤེས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anājñātamā­jñāsyāmīndriya
First of the three faculties. Elsewhere this is rendered as “faculty of coming to understand what one has not yet understood” (ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po).
g.293
faculty of coming to fully understand what has not been understood
Wylie: ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po
Tibetan: མ་ཤེས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anājñātamā­jñāsyāmīndriya
First of the three faculties. Elsewhere this is rendered as “faculty of coming to fully understand what has not been fully understood” (yongs su ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po).
g.294
faculty of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: དད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śraddhendriya
First of the five faculties.
g.295
faculty of fully understanding
Wylie: yongs su shes pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñendriya
Second of the three faculties. Elsewhere this is rendered as “faculty of understanding all” (kun shes pa’i dbang po).
g.296
faculty of knowing one has fully understood
Wylie: yongs su shes par rtogs pa’i dbang po, yongs su shes pas rtogs pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པར་རྟོགས་པའི་དབང་པོ།, ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པས་རྟོགས་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñātāvīndriya
Third of the three faculties. Elsewhere this is rendered as “faculty of knowing that one has fully understood” (kun shes pa rig pa’i dbang po).
g.297
faculty of knowing that one has fully understood
Wylie: kun shes pa rig pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པ་རིག་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñātāvīndriya
Third of the three faculties. Elsewhere this is rendered as “faculty of knowing one has fully understood” (yongs su shes par rtogs pa’i dbang po).
g.298
faculty of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi dbang po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhyindriya
Fourth of the five faculties.
g.299
faculty of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: དྲན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: smṛtyindriya
Third of the five faculties.
g.300
faculty of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi dbang po
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vīryendriya
Second of the five faculties.
g.301
faculty of understanding all
Wylie: kun shes pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñendriya
Second of the three faculties. Elsewhere this is rendered as “faculty of fully understanding” (yongs su shes pa’i dbang po).
g.302
faculty of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi dbang po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajñendriya
Fifth of the five faculties.
g.303
false views about perishable composites
Wylie: ’jig tshogs su lta ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་ཚོགས་སུ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: satkāyadṛṣṭi
First of the three fetters; also third of the five fetters associated with the inferior. This concerns the superimposition of the notion of self upon the five aggregates.
g.304
falsehood
Wylie: brdzun du smra ba
Tibetan: བརྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣāvāda
Fourth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered here as “lying.”
g.305
fearlessnesses
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa, myi ’jigs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ།, མྱི་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vaiśāradya
See “four fearlessnesses.”
g.306
feelings
Wylie: tshor ba
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vedanā
Second of the five aggregates; also seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “sensation.”
g.307
fetter
Wylie: kun tu sbyor ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃyojana
Factors that bind one to rebirth in saṃsāra. See also “three fetters,” “five fetters associated with the inferior,” and “five fetters associated with the superior.”
g.308
final nirvāṇa
Wylie: yongs su mya ngan las bzla ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་བཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: parinirvāṇa
This refers to what occurs at the end of an arhat’s or a buddha’s life. When nirvāṇa is attained at awakening, whether as an arhat or buddha, all suffering, afflicted mental states (kleśa), and causal processes (karman) that lead to rebirth and suffering in cyclic existence have ceased, but due to previously accumulated karma, the aggregates of that life remain and must still exhaust themselves. It is only at the end of life that these cease, and since no new aggregates arise, the arhat or buddha is said to attain parinirvāṇa, meaning “complete” or “final” nirvāṇa. This is synonymous with the attainment of nirvāṇa without remainder (anupadhiśeṣanirvāṇa). According to the Mahāyāna view of a single vehicle (ekayāna), the arhat’s parinirvāṇa at death, despite being so called, is not final. The arhat must still enter the bodhisattva path and reach buddhahood (see Unraveling the Intent, Toh 106, 7.14.) On the other hand, the parinirvāṇa of a buddha, ultimately speaking, should be understood as a display manifested for the benefit of beings; see The Teaching on the Extraordinary Transformation That Is the Miracle of Attaining the Buddha’s Powers (Toh 186), 1.32. The term parinirvāṇa is also associated specifically with the passing away of the Buddha Śākyamuni, in Kuśinagara, in northern India.
g.309
fire element
Wylie: mye’i khams, me’i khams
Tibetan: མྱེའི་ཁམས།, མེའི་ཁམས།
g.310
five acquisitive aggregates
Wylie: nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcopādāna­skandha
A collective name for the five contaminated aggregates (sāsravaskandha, zag bcas kyi phung po): (1) physical forms, (2) feelings, (3) perceptions, (4) formative predispositions, and (5) consciousness. These “appropriated” aggregates (upadānaskandha, nye bar len pa’i phung po) emerge through the primary cause of past actions and afflicted mental states, and become the primary cause for subsequent actions and afflicted mental states. They are the bases upon which a nonexistent self is mistakenly projected. That is, they are the basis of “appropriation” (upādāna) insofar as all grasping arises on the basis of the aggregates.
g.311
five aggregates
Wylie: phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcaskandha
The ordinary mind-body complex is termed the “five aggregates,” which comprise physical forms, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness. For a detailed exposition of the five aggregates in accord with Asaṅga’s Abhidharma­samuccaya, see Jamgon Kongtrul, Treasury of Knowledge, Book 6, Pt. 2: pp. 477–531.
g.312
five classes of beings
Wylie: ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcagati
These comprise gods and humans of the higher realms within saṃsāra, along with animals, anguished spirits, and the denizens of the hells, whose abodes are identified with the lower realms.
g.313
five extrasensory powers
Wylie: mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcābhijñā
See “extrasensory power.”
g.314
five eyes
Wylie: mig lnga
Tibetan: མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcacakṣuḥ
These comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the Dharma, and (5) the eye of the buddhas.
g.315
five faculties
Wylie: dbang po lnga
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcendriya
The five faculties comprise (1) the faculty of faith, (2) the faculty of perseverance, (3) the faculty of mindfulness, (4) the faculty of meditative stability, and (5) the faculty of wisdom.
g.316
five fetters associated with the inferior
Wylie: dam pa ma yin pa’i cha can gyi kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan: དམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཆ་ཅན་གྱི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: adhara­bhāgīya­pañca­saṃyojana
The five fetters associated with the inferior comprise desire , hatred, inertia due to wrong views, attachment to moral and ascetic supremacy, and doubt.
g.317
five fetters associated with the superior
Wylie: bla ma’i cha can gyi kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan: བླ་མའི་ཆ་ཅན་གྱི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcordhvabhāgīya­saṃyojana
The five fetters associated with the superior comprise attachment to the realm of form, attachment to the realm of formlessness, ignorance, pride, and gross mental excitement.
g.318
five inexpiable crimes
Wylie: mtshams ma mchis pa lnga
Tibetan: མཚམས་མ་མཆིས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcānantarīya
The “five inexpiable crimes,” or “crimes with immediate retribution” because they result in immediate rebirth in the hells without any intermediate state, are regarded as the most severe and consequently the most difficult negative actions to overcome by reparation. They are matricide (ma gsod pa), killing an arhat (dgra bcom pa gsod pa), patricide (pha gsod pa), creating a schism in the monastic community (dge ’dun gyi dbyen byas pa), and intentionally wounding a buddha (de bzhin gshegs pa’i sku la ngan sems kyis khrag ’byin pa).
g.319
five powers
Wylie: stobs lnga
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcabala
The five powers comprise (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of perseverance, (3) the power of mindfulness, (4) the power of meditative stability, and (5) the power of wisdom.
g.320
five trainings
Wylie: bslab pa’i gnas lnga
Tibetan: བསླབ་པའི་གནས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcaśikṣā
To abstain from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, telling lies, and intoxicants.
g.321
five undefiled aggregates
Wylie: zag med kyi phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཟག་མེད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañca anāsravaskandha
Also known as the five aggregates beyond the world (lokottaraskandha, ’jig rten las ’das pa’i phung po lnga). They consist of the aggregate of ethical discipline, the aggregate of meditative stability, the aggregate of wisdom, the aggregate of liberation, and the aggregate of the knowledge and seeing of liberation.
g.322
five undiminished extrasensory powers
Wylie: ma nyams pa’i mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan: མ་ཉམས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
The five extrasensory powers are called “undiminished” in the sense of remaining present through death and all subsequent rebirths, whatever the form of life. See also The Long Explanation (Toh 3808), 4.­57.
g.323
fivefold enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub rnam pa lnga
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcabodhi
See n.­611.
g.324
flash of lightning that does not cause pain
Wylie: gdung ba med pa’i glog gi ’od
Tibetan: གདུང་བ་མེད་པའི་གློག་གི་འོད།
A meditative stability.
g.325
follower on account of Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su ’gro ba, chos kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བ།, ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusārin
g.326
follower on account of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: དད་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: śraddhānusārin
g.327
For any of those phenomena I have explained to be obstacles, it is impossible that, having resorted to them, such phenomena as those would not become obstacles
Wylie: gang yang bdag gis bar chad kyi chos su bstan pa de dag la bsten na/ bar chad kyi chos su myi ’gyur ba de lta bu’i gnas myed
Tibetan: གང་ཡང་བདག་གིས་བར་ཆད་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུ་བསྟན་པ་དེ་དག་ལ་བསྟེན་ན། བར་ཆད་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུ་མྱི་འགྱུར་བ་དེ་ལྟ་བུའི་གནས་མྱེད།
Third of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.328
For those paths of the noble ones that I have taught, conducive to emancipation and realization and the genuine cessation of suffering, it is impossible to say that it will not be the case that suffering will genuinely cease for those who have practiced them
Wylie: gang yang bdag gis lam ’phags pa’i ’byung ba rtogs par ’gyur ba de byed pa’i sdug bsngal yang dag par zad par ’gyur bar bstan pa de dag la nan tan byas na/ sdug bsngal yang dag par zad par ’gyur bar myi ’byung ngo
Tibetan: གང་ཡང་བདག་གིས་ལམ་འཕགས་པའི་འབྱུང་བ་རྟོགས་པར་འགྱུར་བ་དེ་བྱེད་པའི་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་ཟད་པར་འགྱུར་བར་བསྟན་པ་དེ་དག་ལ་ནན་ཏན་བྱས་ན། སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་ཟད་པར་འགྱུར་བར་མྱི་འབྱུང་ངོ།
Fourth of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.329
formative predispositions
Wylie: ’du byed
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃskāra
Fourth of the five aggregates; also second of the twelve links of dependent origination. This term denotes the deep-seated predispositions inherited from past actions and experiences, some of which function in association with mind, while others do not. Formative predispositions are critical to the Buddhist understanding of the causal dynamics of karma and conditioned existence.
g.330
formless meditative absorptions
Wylie: gzugs myed pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa, gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མྱེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།, གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: ārūpya­samāpatti
See “four formless meditative absorptions.”
g.331
forsaking
Wylie: spong ba
Tibetan: སྤོང་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.332
forsaking fights
Wylie: ’khrug pa spong ba
Tibetan: འཁྲུག་པ་སྤོང་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.333
four applications of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsmṛtyupasthāna
The four applications of mindfulness are (1) the application of mindfulness to the body; (2) the application of mindfulness to feelings; (3) the application of mindfulness to the mind; and (4) the application of mindfulness to phenomena. For a description, see 9.­1.
g.334
four assemblies
Wylie: ’khor bzhi
Tibetan: འཁོར་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpariṣad
This denotes the assemblies of fully ordained monks and nuns, along with laymen and laywomen.
g.335
four bonds
Wylie: sbyor ba bzhi
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturyoga
According to Nordrang Orgyan 2008: p. 808, there are eight distinct enumerations. The commentarial tradition represented by the Abhidharmakośa identifies them with the four torrents.
g.336
four continents
Wylie: gling bzhi
Tibetan: གླིང་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdvīpa
According to traditional Buddhist cosmology, our universe consists of a central mountain, known as Mount Meru or Sumeru, surrounded by four island continents (dvīpa), one in each of the four cardinal directions. The Abhidharmakośa explains that each of these island continents has a specific shape and is flanked by two smaller subcontinents of similar shape. To the south of Mount Meru is Jambudvīpa, corresponding either to the Indian subcontinent itself or to the known world. It is triangular in shape, and at its center is the place where the buddhas attain awakening. The humans who inhabit Jambudvīpa have a lifespan of one hundred years. To the east is Videha, a semicircular continent inhabited by humans who have a lifespan of two hundred fifty years and are twice as tall as the humans who inhabit Jambudvīpa. To the north is Uttarakuru, a square continent whose inhabitants have a lifespan of a thousand years. To the west is Godānīya, circular in shape, where the lifespan is five hundred years.
g.337
four correct exertions
Wylie: yang dag par spong ba bzhi
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥprahāṇa
The four correct exertions are (1) preventing negative states of mind from arising, (2) removing those that have already arisen, (3) giving rise to positive states that have not yet arisen, and (4) maintaining those that have already arisen. While the translation of this term here follows the Sanskrit, a literal translation from Tibetan would be “four correct abandonings,” a rendering often seen. It is possible that the Tibetan translators may originally have confused the meaning in Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit (BHS) of the term prahāṇa (“exertion”) with its meaning in classical Sanskrit (“elimination”). The classical Sanskrit equivalent of BHS prahāṇa is pradhāna.
g.338
four fearlessnesses
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvaiśāradya
The four fearlessnesses are proclaimed by the tathāgatas as: (1) “I claim to have attained perfectly complete buddhahood”; (2) “I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased”; (3) “I claim to have explained those phenomena that cause obstacles”; (4) “I claim to have shown the path that leads to realizing the emancipation of the noble and that will genuinely bring an end to suffering for those who make use of it.” The listing of the four fearlessnesses is translated and analyzed in Konow 1941: pp. 39–40, with reconstructed Sanskrit on pp. 106–7. A full explanation of the fearlessnesses can be found in the passage at 2.­388–2.­425 in The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147), in which the four fearlessnesses are described as the eleventh to fourteenth of thirty-two actions of a tathāgata. See also Mahāvyutpatti 130–34 and the corresponding explanation in the Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa); Dayal 1932: pp. 20–21; and Sparham 2012 (IV): pp. 80–81. The four are generally known by other names, as in the Mahāvyutpatti: the first is the “fearlessness in the knowledge of all phenomena” (sarva­dharmābhisambodhi­vaiśāradya, chos thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the second is the “fearlessness in the knowledge of the cessation of all contaminants” (sarvāśrava­kṣaya­jñāna­vaiśāradya, zag pa zad pa thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the third is the “fearlessness to declare that phenomena that obstruct the path will not engender any further negative outcomes” (anantarāyika­dharmān­anyathātva­viniścita­vyākaraṇa­vaiśāradya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit; and the fourth is the “fearlessness that the path of renunciation through which all excellent attributes are to be obtained has been thus realized” (sarva­sampadadhigamāya nairāṇika­pratipattathātva­vaiśāradya, phun sum tshogs pa thams cad thob par ’gyur bar nges par ’byung ba’i lam de bzhin du gyur ba la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit.
g.339
four formless meditative absorptions
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturārūpya­samāpatti
These comprise (1) the meditative absorption of the sphere of infinite space, (2) the meditative absorption of the sphere of infinite consciousness, (3) the meditative absorption of the sphere of nothing-at-all, and (4) the meditative absorption of neither perception nor nonperception. The four formless absorptions and their fruits are discussed in Jamgon Kongtrul, The Treasury of Knowledge, Book 6, Pt. 2: pp. 436–38.
g.340
four graspings
Wylie: nye bar len pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturupādāna
These comprise (1) desire (rāga, ’dod pa), (2) views (dṛṣṭi, lta ba), (3) ethical disciple and asceticism (śīlavrata, tshul khrims brtul zhugs), and (4) self-promotion (ātmavāda, bdag tu smra ba).
g.341
Four Great Kings
Wylie: rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturmahārāja
Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).
g.342
four immeasurable attitudes
Wylie: tshad med pa bzhi, tshad myed pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་པ་བཞི།, ཚད་མྱེད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturaprameya
These are (1) loving kindness, (2) compassion, (3) empathetic joy, and (4) equanimity. On training in the four immeasurable attitudes, see The Words of My Perfect Teacher 1994, pp. 195–217.
g.343
four kinds of exact knowledge
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpratisaṃvid
The four kinds of exact knowledge‍—the essentials through which the buddhas impart their teachings‍—comprise (1) exact knowledge of meanings, (2) exact knowledge of dharmas, (3) exact knowledge of lexical explanations, and (4) exact knowledge of inspired eloquence.
g.344
four knots
Wylie: mdud pa bzhi
Tibetan: མདུད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturgranthā
These comprise (1) covetousness (abhidhyā, brnab sems), (2) malice (vyāpāda, gnod sems), (3) moral supremacy (śīlaparāmarśa, tshul khrims mchog ’dzin) and (4) ascetic supremacy (vrataparāmarśa, brtul zhugs mchog ’dzin).
g.345
four meditative concentrations
Wylie: bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdhyāna
The four progressive levels of concentration associated with the form realm that culminate in pure one-pointedness of mind and are the basis for developing insight. These are part of the nine serial absorptions. For a description, see 9.­46. See also “meditative concentration.”
g.346
four misconceptions
Wylie: phyin ci log bzhi
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturviparyāsa
These comprise (1) the notion that what is impermanent is permanent (anitye nityasaṃjñā, mi rtag pa la rtag pa’i ’du shes), (2) the notion that what is suffering is happiness (duḥkhe sukhasaṃjñā, sdug bsngal ba la bde ba’i ’du shes), (3) the notion that nonself is self (anātmanyātma­saṃjñā, bdag med pa la bdag gi ’du shes), and (4) the notion that what is unpleasant is pleasant (aśubhe śubhasaṃjñā, mi sdug pa la sdug pa’i ’du shes).
g.347
four nourishments
Wylie: zas bzhi
Tibetan: ཟས་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturāhāra
These comprise: (1) the nourishment of food (kavaḍīkāra, kham), (2) the nourishment of sensory contact (sparśa, reg pa), (3) the nourishment of mentation (cetanā, sems pa), and (4) the nourishment of consciousness (vijñāna, rnam par shes pa), the first two of which are directed toward the present life and the last two to the subsequent life.
g.348
four presentations
Wylie: rnam par dgod pa bzhi
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དགོད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvyavasthāna
These concern (1) establishing the Dharma ( chos gdags pa rnam par dgod pa ), (2) establishing the truth ( bden pa gdags pa rnam par dgod pa ), (3) establishing reason ( rigs pa gdags pa rnam par dgod pa ), and (4) establishing the vehicles ( theg pa gdags pa rnam par dgod pa ). See the Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3807 (Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.37.a); also Edgerton, p. 516.
g.349
four supports for miraculous ability
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturṛddhipāda
See these four listed at 9.­25.
g.350
four torrents
Wylie: chu bo bzhi
Tibetan: ཆུ་བོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturogha
The four torrents, which are to be abandoned, comprise (1) the torrent of ignorance (avidyā, ma rig pa), (2) the torrent of wrong view (dṛṣṭi, lta ba), (3) the torrent of rebirth (bhava, srid pa), and (4) the torrent of craving (tṛṣṇā, sred pa). See Nyima and Dorje 2001: p. 1075.
g.351
four truths of the noble ones
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturārya­satya
The four truths of the noble ones comprise (1) the truth of suffering, (2) the truth of the origin of suffering, (3) the truth of the cessation of suffering, and (4) the truth of the path . (Strictly speaking, these should be translated “the truth of the noble ones concerning suffering,” and so on, but for brevity the widespread short form has been used.)
g.352
four ways to gather a retinue
Wylie: bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan: བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsaṃgraha­vastu
These are (1) generosity (sbyin pa, dāna), (2) pleasant speech (snyan par smra ba, priyavāditā), (3) beneficial activity (don du spyod pa, arthacaryā), and (4) harmonious activity (don ’thun par spyod pa, samānārthatā). The last of these is interpreted in Asaṅga’s works to mean “doing oneself what one preaches to others,” but the original meaning in this context according to some sources including the Mahāvastu may have been consonance, or empathy, in the sense of sharing the joys and sorrows of others (see Edgerton p. 569).
g.353
free from activity
Wylie: bya ba dang bral ba
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.354
free from extinction
Wylie: zad pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཟད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṣayāpagata
A meditative stability.
g.355
free from mentation
Wylie: sems med pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niścitta
A meditative stability.
g.356
fruit of entering the stream
Wylie: rgyun tu zhugs pa’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་ཏུ་ཞུགས་པའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: śrotaāpanna­phala
First of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas, that of the first stage in which one has entered the “stream” of practice that leads to nirvāṇa. See also “entering the stream.”
g.357
fruit of non-returner
Wylie: phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu, phyir myi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།, ཕྱིར་མྱི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: āgāmīphala
Third of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. See “non-returner.”
g.358
fruit of once-returner
Wylie: lan cig phyir ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: sakṛdāgāmī­phala
Second of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. See “once-returner.”
g.359
gandharva
Wylie: dri za
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit: gandharva
A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”
g.360
Gaṅgā
Wylie: gang gA
Tibetan: གང་གཱའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit: gaṅgā
The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.
g.361
garuḍa
Wylie: nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit: garuḍa
In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.
g.362
gateway entering into all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la ’jug pa’i sgo
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­praveśa­mukha
A meditative stability.
g.363
gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣamukha
See “three gateways to liberation.”
g.364
gateways of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi sgo
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: samādhimukha
g.365
generosity
Wylie: sbyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dāna
In the context‌ of the perfections, generosity is the first of the six perfections. It is also the first of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva.
g.366
genuine, definitive real nature
Wylie: yang dag pa ji lta ba’i de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བའི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: yathābhūta­tathatā
g.367
give rise to conceits
Wylie: rlom sems su byed pa
Tibetan: རློམ་སེམས་སུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: manyate
“Conceits” in most instances here has the meaning both of unjustified assumptions and fanciful imagination as well as of pride.
g.368
glory of transcendental knowledge
Wylie: ye shes dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñānaketu
A meditative stability.
g.369
god
Wylie: lha
Tibetan: ལྷ།
Sanskrit: deva
In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.
g.370
Godānīya
Wylie: ba lang spyod
Tibetan: བ་ལང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: godānīya
One of the four main continents that surround Sumeru, the central mountain in classical Buddhist cosmology. It is the western continent, characterized as “rich in the resources of cattle,” thus its Tibetan name “using cattle.” It is circular in shape, measuring about 7,500 yojanas in circumference, and is flanked by two subsidiary continents. Humans who live there are very tall, about 24 feet (7.3 meters) on average, and live for 500 years. It is known by the names Godānīya, Aparāntaka, Aparagodānīya, or Aparagoyāna.
g.371
gone forth
Wylie: rab tu byung ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: pra√vṛt AO, pravrajyā AO
The Sanskrit pravrajyā literally means “going forth,” with the sense of leaving the life of a householder and embracing the life of a renunciant. When the term is applied more technically, it refers to the act of becoming a male novice (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or female novice (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma), this being a first stage leading to full ordination.
g.372
grasping
Wylie: len pa
Tibetan: ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: upādāna
Ninth of the twelve links of dependent origination.This term, although commonly translated as “appropriation,” also means “grasping” or “clinging,” but it has a particular meaning as the ninth of the twelve links of dependent origination, situated between craving (tṛṣṇā, sred pa) and becoming or existence (bhava, srid pa). In some texts, four types of appropriation (upādāna) are listed: that of desire (rāga), view (dṛṣṭi), rules and observances as paramount (śīla­vrata­parāmarśa), and belief in a self (ātmavāda).
g.373
great and lofty householder family
Wylie: khyim bdag che zhing mtho ba’i rigs
Tibetan: ཁྱིམ་བདག་ཆེ་ཞིང་མཐོ་བའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: gṛhapati­mahā­śāla­kula
The same Sanskrit term is rendered in the Tibetan of other sūtras as a simile (“like a great sal tree”) in similar passages, but the Tibetan in this text uses an interpretive adjectival phrase.
g.374
great and lofty priestly family
Wylie: bram ze che zhing mtho ba’i rigs
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེ་ཆེ་ཞིང་མཐོ་བའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: brāhmana­mahā­śāla­kula
The same Sanskrit term is rendered in the Tibetan of other sūtras as a simile (“like a great sal tree”) in similar passages, but the Tibetan in this text uses an interpretive adjectival phrase.
g.375
great and lofty royal family
Wylie: rgyal rigs che zhing mtho ba’i rigs
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་རིགས་ཆེ་ཞིང་མཐོ་བའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: kṣatriya­mahā­śāla­kula
The same Sanskrit term is rendered in the Tibetan of other sūtras as a simile (“like a great sal tree”) in similar passages, but the Tibetan in this text uses an interpretive adjectival phrase.
g.376
great billionfold world system
Wylie: stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: tri­sāhasra­mahā­sāhasra­loka­dhātu
A vast universe comprising one thousand millionfold world systems, i.e., one billion world systems according to traditional Indian cosmology. See also n.­231.
g.377
great compassion
Wylie: snying rje chen po
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākaruṇā
First of the four immeasurable attitudes, called “great” in this context because a buddha’s immeasurable attitudes take as their object all beings.
g.378
great empathetic joy
Wylie: dga’ ba chen po
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmuditā
Third of the four immeasurable attitudes, called “great” in this context because a buddha’s immeasurable attitudes take as their object all beings.
g.379
great equanimity
Wylie: btang snyoms chen po
Tibetan: བཏང་སྙོམས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahopekṣā
Fourth of the four immeasurable attitudes, called “great” in this context because a buddha’s immeasurable attitudes take as their object all beings.
g.380
great loving kindness
Wylie: byams pa chen po
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmaitrī
Second of the four immeasurable attitudes, called “great” in this context because a buddha’s immeasurable attitudes take as their object all beings.
g.381
great ornament
Wylie: rgyan chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
A meditative stability.
g.382
Great Vehicle
Wylie: theg pa chen po
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāyāna
When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an awakened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle (Hīnayāna), which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle (Mahāyāna), which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all sentient beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage that can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.
g.383
gross mental excitement
Wylie: rgod pa
Tibetan: རྒོད་པ།
Sanskrit: auddhatya
Fifth of the five fetters associated with the superior.
g.384
Guhagupta
Wylie: skyob sbed
Tibetan: སྐྱོབ་སྦེད།
Name of a bodhisattva, sometimes also found as Guhyagupta; the Tibetan rendering in the Eighteen Thousand is phug sbas.
g.385
gustatory consciousness
Wylie: lce’i rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
g.386
Gyan-gong
Wylie: rgyan gong
Tibetan: རྒྱན་གོང་།
A place and monastery next to Zhalu (zhwa lu) in Lower Nyang, and therefore associated with canonical translation and compilation. Sakya Pandita was ordained there by Śākyaśrībhadra.
g.387
Haribhadra
Wylie: seng ge bzang po
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: haribhadra
Indian exegete of the Prajñāpāramitā and its commentary, the Abhisamayālaṃkāra (fl. late eighth century).
g.388
harsh words
Wylie: zhe gcod pa, zhe gcod pa’i tshig, tshig rtsub po
Tibetan: ཞེ་གཅོད་པ།, ཞེ་གཅོད་པའི་ཚིག, ཚིག་རྩུབ་པོ།
Sanskrit: pāruṣya, pāruṣavacana
Sixth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered as “verbal abuse.”
g.389
hatred
Wylie: zhe sdang
Tibetan: ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit: dveśa
Second of the five fetters associated with the inferior; one of the three poisons (dug gsum) that, along with attachment and delusion, perpetuate the sufferings of saṃsāra. Its subtle manifestation is aversion, and its coarse manifestations are hatred and fear.
g.390
heroic valor
Wylie: dpa’ bar ’gro ba
Tibetan: དཔའ་བར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: śūraṅgama
The first meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8, also mentioned in other chapters.
g.391
higher insight
Wylie: lhag mthong
Tibetan: ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit: vipaśyanā
An important form of Buddhist meditation focusing on developing insight into the nature of phenomena. Often presented as part of a pair of meditation techniques, the other being “stilling.”
g.392
I claim that I am one whose contaminants have ceased
Wylie: bdag zag pa zad do
Tibetan: བདག་ཟག་པ་ཟད་དོ།
Sanskrit: kṣīṇāsravasya me pratijānata
Second of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.393
I claim to have attained perfectly complete buddhahood
Wylie: bdag gis yang dag par rdzogs par sangs rgyas so
Tibetan: བདག་གིས་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་སོ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddhasya me pratijānata
First of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.394
ignorance
Wylie: ma rig pa
Tibetan: མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: avidyā
First of the twelve links of dependent origination; first of the four torrents; third of the five fetters associated with the superior.
g.395
illuminating
Wylie: snang ba byed pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ālokakara
A meditative stability.
g.396
illumination
Wylie: rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: vairocana
A meditative stability.
g.397
illuminator
Wylie: ’od byed pa
Tibetan: འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhākara
A meditative stability.
g.398
illuminator in all respects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad du ’od byed pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­loka­prabhākara
A meditative stability.
g.399
illusion
Wylie: sgyu ma
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit: māyā
g.400
immaculate moon
Wylie: zla ba dri ma med pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: candravimala
A meditative stability.
g.401
immaturity
Wylie: skyon
Tibetan: སྐྱོན།
Sanskrit: āma
With respect to bodhisattva great beings, “immaturity” (āma, skyon) suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍—while “maturity” (niyāma, skyon med) implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.
g.402
immeasurable attitudes
Wylie: tshad med
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit: apramāṇa
See “four immeasurable attitudes.”
g.403
imperishable
Wylie: ’jig pa med pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vivṛta
A meditative stability. See also n.­316.
g.404
incinerating all afflicted mental states
Wylie: nyon mongs pa thams cad sreg pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྲེག་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.405
incineration of all afflicted mental states
Wylie: nyon mongs pa thams cad ma lus par sreg pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མ་ལུས་པར་སྲེག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­kleśa­nirdahana
A meditative stability.
g.406
indeterminate phenomena
Wylie: lung du ma bstan pa’i chos, lung bstan du myed pa rnams
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་མ་བསྟན་པའི་ཆོས།, ལུང་བསྟན་དུ་མྱེད་པ་རྣམས།
Sanskrit: avyākṛta­dharma
Indeterminate phenomena include the following: indeterminate physical, verbal, and mental actions; the indeterminate four primary elements (earth, water, fire, and wind); the indeterminate five sense organs; the indeterminate aggregates, sense fields, sensory elements; and the indeterminate maturations of past actions.
g.407
individual
Wylie: skyes bu
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ།
Sanskrit: puruṣa, jantu, prajā
g.408
individual enlightenment
Wylie: rang byang chub
Tibetan: རང་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: pratyekabodhi
The enlightenment of a pratyekabuddha.
g.409
Indra
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indra
The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.
g.410
Indradatta
Wylie: dbang pos byin
Tibetan: དབང་པོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: indradatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.411
Indra’s crest
Wylie: dbang po’i tog, dbang po’i dpal
Tibetan: དབང་པོའི་ཏོག, དབང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: indraketu
A meditative stability.
g.412
inexhaustible
Wylie: zad mi shes pa, zad myi shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པ།, ཟད་མྱི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣaya
A meditative stability.
g.413
inexhaustible cornucopia
Wylie: zad mi shes pa’i za ma tog
Tibetan: ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པའི་ཟ་མ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: akṣayakaraṇḍa
A meditative stability.
g.414
inherent existence
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
See “inherent nature.”
g.415
inherent nature
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: prakṛti
The Tibetan term rang bzhin (also rendered here as “inherent existence”) literally means “own-being” and can be used in an ordinary sense to denote the most fundamental or characteristic quality, property, or nature of things. In Mahāyāna literature it is also used in several different ways in the examination of the ontological status of phenomena, most frequently in statements denying that phenomena may ultimately possess any such existence or nature, objectively in their own right, apart from ignorantly attributed concepts and designations. See an exception to the attested Sanskrit source at n.­447.
g.416
initial mental application
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa, rtog pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།, རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vitarka, tarka
Initial mental application” is one of the factors in the first meditative concentration that is absent in those that follow. See also n.­101
g.417
initial setting of the mind on enlightenment
Wylie: sems dang po bskyed pa
Tibetan: སེམས་དང་པོ་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prathama­cittotpāda
g.418
injury
Wylie: gnod pa
Tibetan: གནོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vyābādha
g.419
inspired eloquence
Wylie: spobs pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhāna
The ability (particularly of bodhisattvas) to express the Dharma eloquently, clearly, brilliantly, and in an inspiring way, as the result of their realization. See also “exact knowledge of inspired eloquence.”
g.420
intent on a dwelling that has not been apprehended
Wylie: gnas dmyigs su myed pa la brtson pa, gnas dmigs su myed pa la brtson pa
Tibetan: གནས་དམྱིགས་སུ་མྱེད་པ་ལ་བརྩོན་པ།, གནས་དམིགས་སུ་མྱེད་པ་ལ་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: anilaniyata
A meditative stability.
g.421
introductions
Wylie: gleng gzhi
Tibetan: གླེང་གཞི།
Sanskrit: nidāna
Sixth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.422
irresponsible chatter
Wylie: tshig kyal pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་ཀྱལ་པ།
Sanskrit: abaddhapralāpa
Seventh of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.423
irreversible
Wylie: phyir myi ldog pa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མྱི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit: avinivarta, avaivartika, avinivartanīya
A stage on the bodhisattva path at which the practitioner will never turn back, or be turned back, from progress toward the full awakening of a buddha.
g.424
Jambudvīpa
Wylie: ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit: jambudvīpa
The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.
g.425
Jayā
Wylie: rgyal ba
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: jayā
Name of a world system in the northern direction, where the buddha Jayendra teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.426
Jayadatta
Wylie: rgyal bas byin
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: jayadatta
Name of a bodhisattva from a world system in the northern direction called Jayā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.427
Jayendra
Wylie: rgyal ba’i dbang po
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: jayendra
Name of a buddha in the northern direction, residing in the world system called Jayā.
g.428
jewel cusp
Wylie: rin chen mtha’
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: ratnakoṭi
A meditative stability.
g.429
jewel heart
Wylie: rin chen snying po
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་སྙིང་པོ།
A meditative stability.
g.430
jewel state
Wylie: rin po che nyid
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཉིད།
A meditative stability.
g.431
kācalindika
Wylie: ka tsa lin ti ka
Tibetan: ཀ་ཙ་ལིན་ཏི་ཀ
Sanskrit: kācalindika
A frequent simile for softness, thought to refer either (1) to the down of the kācilindika or kācalindika bird (see Lamotte 1975, p. 261, n. 321), or (2) to a tropical tree bearing silken pods, similar to kapok, from which garments were made, and identified (Monier-Williams p. 266) with Abrus precatorius.
g.432
karma
Wylie: las
Tibetan: ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
Meaning “action” in its most basic sense, karma is an important concept in Buddhist philosophy as the cumulative force of previous physical, verbal, and mental acts, which determines present experience and will determine future existences.Also translated here as “past action.”
g.433
Kauśika
Wylie: kau shi ka
Tibetan: ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit: kauśika
“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.
g.434
Kawa Paltsek
Wylie: ska ba dpal brtsegs
Tibetan: སྐ་བ་དཔལ་བརྩེགས།
An important early Tibetan translator and editor who was also one of the twenty-five principal disciples of Guru Padmasambhava.
g.435
killing of living creatures
Wylie: srog gcod pa
Tibetan: སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: prāṇātighāta
First of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.436
kimpāka
Wylie: kim pa ka
Tibetan: ཀིམ་པ་ཀ
Sanskrit: kimpāka
A fruit that looks appealing and has a delicious taste, but is poisonous when eaten. According to Chandra Das, it is the cucurbitaceous plant Trichosanthes palmata; also possibly Cucumis colocynthis.
g.437
king of meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhirāja
A meditative stability.
g.438
kinnara
Wylie: myi’am ci
Tibetan: མྱིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit: kinnara
A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.
g.439
know through their refined divine eye of clairvoyance surpassing that of humans those beings who are dying and those who are reborn
Wylie: lha’i myig rnam par dag pa myi’i las ’das pas/ sems can ’chi ’pho ba dang / skye ba dag kyang mthong ngo /
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མྱིག་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ་མྱིའི་ལས་འདས་པས། སེམས་ཅན་འཆི་འཕོ་བ་དང་། སྐྱེ་བ་དག་ཀྱང་མཐོང་ངོ་།
Ninth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.440
knower
Wylie: shes pa po
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jñātṛ
g.441
knowledge
Wylie: ye shes
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: jñāna AD
g.442
knowledge in accord with sound
Wylie: sgra ji bzhin shes pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་ཇི་བཞིན་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: yathāruta­jñāna
Eleventh of the eleven knowledges.
g.443
knowledge incantation
Wylie: rig sngags
Tibetan: རིག་སྔགས།
Sanskrit: vidyā AD
A type of incantation or spell used to accomplish a ritual goal. This can be associated with either ordinary attainments or those whose goal is awakening.
g.444
knowledge of all the dharmas
Wylie: thams cad shes pa, thams cad shes pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པ།, ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvajñatā
Literally “knowledge of all” or “all-knowing,” but here rendered “knowledge of all the dharmas” rather than “omniscience.” In the Prajñāpāramitā literature, this is a technical term that refers to the full extent of knowledge realized by arhats and pratyekabuddhas, comprising particularly their understanding of the absence of a self in the aggregates, sense fields, and sensory elements.The term might intertextually refer to a discourse found in the Saṁyutta Nikāya/Saṁyuktāgama (SN 35:23/SĀ 319) in which the Buddha describes “the all” as the twelve sense fields. It is the third of the eight main topics or “clear realizations” of The Ornament of Clear Realization.
g.445
knowledge of mastery
Wylie: ’dris pa shes pa
Tibetan: འདྲིས་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: paricayajñāna, parijayajñāna
Tenth of the eleven knowledges.
g.446
knowledge of nonduality
Wylie: gnyis su med pa shes pa
Tibetan: གཉིས་སུ་མེད་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: advayajñāna
Eighth of the eleven knowledges.
g.447
knowledge of phenomena
Wylie: chos shes pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmajñāna
Seventh of the eleven knowledges.
g.448
knowledge of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal shes pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhajñāna
First of the eleven knowledges.
g.449
knowledge of the aspects of the path
Wylie: lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid, lam gyi rnam pa shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།, ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgākāra­jñatā
A key term in the Prajñā­pāramitā texts denoting the form of omniscience (‘knowing all’) that bodhisattvas progressively attain, the knowledge of all paths, including knowledge not only of their own path but also of the paths of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas. However, note that although this term is used with this meaning (and can be glossed as the second of the eight topics elucidated in the Abhisamayālaṃkāra), in the original formulation of the eight topics in the Abhisamayālaṃkāra the term used is simply mārgājñāta (lam shes pa nyid), “knowledge of the paths.”
g.450
knowledge of the cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa shes pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodhajñāna
Third of the eleven knowledges.
g.451
knowledge of the conventional
Wylie: kun rdzob shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛtijñāna
Ninth of the eleven knowledges.
g.452
knowledge of the extinction of contaminants
Wylie: zad par shes pa, zad pa shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་ཤེས་པ།, ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣayajñāna
Fifth of the eleven knowledges.
g.453
knowledge of the origin
Wylie: kun ’byung ba shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: samudayajñāna
Second of the eleven knowledges.
g.454
knowledge of the path
Wylie: lam shes pa, lam gyi shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་ཤེས་པ།, ལམ་གྱི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgajñāna
Fourth of the eleven knowledges.
g.455
knowledge that contaminants will not arise again
Wylie: mi skye ba shes pa, myi skye ba shes pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བ་ཤེས་པ།, མྱི་སྐྱེ་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpādajñāna
Sixth of the eleven knowledges.
g.456
Kuru
Wylie: sgra mi snyan
Tibetan: སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit: kuru
The continent to the north of Sumeru according to Buddhist cosmology. In the Abhidharmakośa, it is described as square in shape. Its human inhabitants enjoy a fixed lifespan of a thousand years and do not hold personal property or marry.
g.457
lamp of doctrine
Wylie: chos kyi sgron ma
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
A meditative stability.
g.458
lamp of great transcendental knowledge
Wylie: ye shes chen po’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཆེན་པོའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
A meditative stability.
g.459
lamp of the sun
Wylie: nyi ma’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sūryapradīpa
A meditative stability.
g.460
lamp of transcendental knowledge
Wylie: ye shes sgron ma
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: jñānolkā
A meditative stability.
g.461
lamp of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab sgron ma
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpradīpa
A meditative stability.
g.462
Lang Khampa Gocha
Wylie: rlangs khams pa go cha, nyang rlangs khams pa go cha
Tibetan: རླངས་ཁམས་པ་གོ་ཆ།, ཉང་རླངས་ཁམས་པ་གོ་ཆ།
An early Tibetan monk and translator, active in the late eighth century, said in traditional histories to have memorized the Hundred Thousand in India and first translated it into Tibetan. Also known as Lang Khampa Lotsāwa.
g.463
latent impulse
Wylie: bag la nyal ba
Tibetan: བག་ལ་ཉལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anuśaya
The latent impulses are seven subconscious impulses or tendencies, namely attachment to sense pleasures (’dod pa’i ’dod chags), hatred (khong khro), attachment to existence (srid pa’i ’dod chags), pride (nga rgyal), ignorance (ma rig pa), views (lta ba), and doubt (the tshom).
g.464
layman
Wylie: dge bsnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit: upāsaka
An unordained male practitioner who observes the five trainings not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.
g.465
laywoman
Wylie: dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit: upāsikā
An unordained female practitioner who observes the five trainings not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.
g.466
letters as gateways
Wylie: yi ge’i sgo
Tibetan: ཡི་གེའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: akṣaramukha
One aspect of a set of forty-four syllables listed at 9.­70 as dhāraṇī gateways. See also “entrance through letters.”
g.467
level at which progress has become irreversible
Wylie: phyir myi ldog pa’i sa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མྱི་ལྡོག་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: avinivarta­bhūmi
g.468
level of [an arhat’s] spiritual achievement
Wylie: byas pa rtogs pa’i sa
Tibetan: བྱས་པ་རྟོགས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: kṛtakṛtyabhūmi
Name of the seventh of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. See “ten levels.”
g.469
level of attenuated refinement
Wylie: bsrabs pa’i sa
Tibetan: བསྲབས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: tanubhūmi
Name of the fifth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. See “ten levels.”
g.470
level of bright insight
Wylie: dkar po rnam par mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: དཀར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: śukla­vidarśanā­bhūmi
Name of the first of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. In this text, it seems to equivalent to the level of ordinary people. See “ten levels.”
g.471
level of insight
Wylie: mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: darśanabhūmi
Name of the fourth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. It is equivalent to entering the stream to nirvāṇa. See “ten levels.”
g.472
level of no attachment
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i sa
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: vītarāgabhūmi
Name of the sixth level of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. It is the level from which point there is no more rebirth in the desire realm. See “ten levels.”
g.473
level of ordinary people
Wylie: so so’i skye bo’i sa
Tibetan: སོ་སོའི་སྐྱེ་བོའི་ས།
Sanskrit: pṛthagjanabhūmi AD
Name of the first of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. In this text, it seems to equivalent to the level of bright insight. See “ten levels.”
g.474
level of the bodhisattvas
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit: bodhi­sattva­bhūmi
Name of the ninth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. See “ten levels.”
g.475
level of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: buddhabhūmi
The tenth and last of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. Also rendered here as “level of the perfectly complete buddhas.” See “ten levels.”
g.476
level of the perfectly complete buddhas
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: samyaksambuddha­bhūmi
The tenth and last of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. Also rendered here as “level of the buddhas.” See “ten levels.”
g.477
level of the pratyekabuddhas
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: pratyeka­buddha­bhūmi
Name of the eighth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. See “ten levels.”
g.478
level of the spiritual family
Wylie: rigs kyi sa
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: gotrabhūmi
Name of the second of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the state of an ordinary person up to buddhahood, distinct from the ten bodhisattva levels. See “ten levels;” see also “ spiritual family .”
g.479
Lhasé Tsangma
Wylie: lha sras gtsang ma
Tibetan: ལྷ་སྲས་གཙང་མ།
A son of the king Mutik Tsenpo (Senalek), probably the eldest (born 800?); he may have been exiled to Bhutan, and did not reign himself.
g.480
liberations
Wylie: rnam par thar pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣa
See “eight liberations.”
g.481
Licchavi
Wylie: lid tsa byi
Tibetan: ལིད་ཙ་བྱི།
Sanskrit: licchavi
The people of the city and region of Vaiśālī. The Licchavi were one of the clans making up the Vṛji confederacy, an early republic at the time of the Buddha.
g.482
life
Wylie: gso ba
Tibetan: གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit: poṣa
g.483
life breath
Wylie: dbugs
Tibetan: དབུགས།
Sanskrit: śvāsa
g.484
life forms
Wylie: srog
Tibetan: སྲོག
Sanskrit: jīva
g.485
lightning lamp
Wylie: glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan: གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vidyutpradīpa
A meditative stability.
g.486
lightning light
Wylie: glog gi ’od
Tibetan: གློག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vidyutprabha
A meditative stability.
g.487
lingually compounded sensory contact
Wylie: lce’i ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: jihvāsaṃsparśa
g.488
lion’s play
Wylie: seng ge rnam par rtse ba, seng ge rnam par rol pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།, སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རོལ་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavikrīḍita
A meditative stability.
g.489
living being
Wylie: ’gro ba
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: jantu
g.490
lord buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavanbuddha
See “Blessed One.”
g.491
loving kindness
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitrī
First of the four immeasurable attitudes.
g.492
lower realms
Wylie: ngan song
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit: durgati
A collective name for the realms of animals, anguished spirits, and denizens of the hells.
g.493
luminosity
Wylie: ’od gsal ba
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhāsvara
In the context of the nature of mind, luminosity refers to the subtlest level of mind, i.e., the fundamental, essential nature of all cognitive events. Though ever present within all beings, this luminosity becomes manifest only when the gross mind has ceased to function. It is said that such a dissolution is experienced by ordinary beings, naturally, at the time of death, but it can also be experientially cultivated through certain meditative practices.
g.494
lying
Wylie: brdzun du smra ba, rdzun du smra ba
Tibetan: བརྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།, རྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣāvāda
Fourth of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.495
magical display
Wylie: sprul pa
Tibetan: སྤྲུལ་པ།
g.496
Mahābrahmā
Wylie: tshangs chen
Tibetan: ཚངས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: mahābrahmā
Fourth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Great Brahmā.”
g.497
Mahā­karuṇā­cintin
Wylie: snying rje cher sems
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེར་སེམས།
Sanskrit: mahā­karuṇā­cintin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.498
Mahākāśyapa
Wylie: ’od srungs chen po
Tibetan: འོད་སྲུངས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākāśyapa
One of the Buddha’s principal śrāvaka disciples, he became a leader of the saṅgha after the Buddha’s passing.
g.499
Mahākātyāyana
Wylie: ka t+ya’i bu chen po
Tibetan: ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākātyāyana
One of the foremost śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his ability to expound upon the Buddha’s discourses.
g.500
Mahākauṣṭhila
Wylie: mdzod ldan chen po
Tibetan: མཛོད་ལྡན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākauṣṭhila
One of the foremost śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, known for his analytical reasoning.
g.501
Mahāmaudgalyāyana
Wylie: maud gal chen po’i bu
Tibetan: མཽད་གལ་ཆེན་པོའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: mahā­maudgalyāyana
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra. He was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyā­yana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahā­maudgalyā­yana, “Great Maudgalyāyana.”
g.502
Mahāprajāpatī
Wylie: skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprajāpati
The Buddha’s aunt and stepmother, the first bhikṣuṇī, who later attained the state of an arhat.
g.503
Mahāśrī
Wylie: dpal chen po
Tibetan: དཔལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāśrī
Name that three hundred monks will bear when they attain buddhahood.
g.504
Mahāsthāmaprāpta
Wylie: mthu chen po thob pa
Tibetan: མཐུ་ཆེན་པོ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: mahā­sthāma­prāpta
Along with Avalokiteśvara, he is one of the two main bodhisattvas in the realm of Sukhāvatī.
g.505
Mahāvyūha
Wylie: rgyan chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.506
mahoraga
Wylie: lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan: ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahoraga
Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.
g.507
Maitreya
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitreya
The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).
g.508
majestic
Wylie: gzi brjid yod pa
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: tejovatī
A meditative stability.
g.509
major marks
Wylie: mtshan
Tibetan: མཚན།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
See “thirty-two major marks.”
g.510
malice
Wylie: gnod sems
Tibetan: གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit: duṣṭacitta, vyāpāda
Ninth of the ten nonvirtuous actions; second of the four knots.
g.511
mandārava
Wylie: man dwa ra ba
Tibetan: མན་དྭ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit: mandārava
One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.
g.512
mandārava flower
Wylie: me tog man+dA ra ba
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་མནྡཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit: mandārapuṣpa
One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.
g.513
manifest attainment of aspects
Wylie: rnam pa mngon par sgrub pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārānabhiniveśa­nirhāra
A meditative stability.
g.514
manifest attainment of the miraculous ability to not return
Wylie: phyir myi ldog pa’i rdzu ’phrul mngon par sgrub pa, phyir mi ldog pa’i rdzu ’phrul mngon par sgrub pa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མྱི་ལྡོག་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།, ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.515
Mañjuśrī
Wylie: ’jam dpal
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrī
Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.The famous bodhisattva is said in this text to reside in the world system of Padmavatī , the buddhafield of the Buddha Samantakusuma.
g.516
Mañjuśrī­kumāra­bhūta
Wylie: ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ་གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrī­kumāra­bhūta
See “Mañjuśrī.”
g.517
māra
Wylie: bdud
Tibetan: བདུད།
Sanskrit: māra
Māra, literally “death” or “maker of death,” is the name of the deva who tried to prevent the Buddha from achieving awakening, the name given to the class of beings he leads, and also an impersonal term for the destructive forces that keep beings imprisoned in saṃsāra: (1) As a deva, Māra is said to be the principal deity in the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (paranirmitavaśavartin), the highest paradise in the desire realm. He famously attempted to prevent the Buddha’s awakening under the Bodhi tree‍—see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 21.1‍—and later sought many times to thwart the Buddha’s activity. In the sūtras, he often also creates obstacles to the progress of śrāvakas and bodhisattvas. (2) The devas ruled over by Māra are collectively called mārakāyika or mārakāyikadevatā, the “deities of Māra’s family or class.” In general, these māras too do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra, but can also change their ways and even end up developing faith in the Buddha, as exemplified by Sārthavāha; see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 21.14 and 21.43. (3) The term māra can also be understood as personifying four defects that prevent awakening, called (i) the divine māra (devaputra­māra), which is the distraction of pleasures; (ii) the māra of Death (mṛtyumāra), which is having one’s life interrupted; (iii) the māra of the aggregates (skandhamāra), which is identifying with the five aggregates; and (iv) the māra of the afflictions (kleśamāra), which is being under the sway of the negative emotions of desire, hatred, and ignorance.
g.518
Māra­bala­pramardin
Wylie: bdud kyi stobs rab tu ’joms pa
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: māra­bala­pramardin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.519
marvelous events
Wylie: rmad du byung ba
Tibetan: རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: adbhutadharma
Tenth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.520
maturity
Wylie: skyon ma mchis pa, skyon med
Tibetan: སྐྱོན་མ་མཆིས་པ།, སྐྱོན་མེད།
Sanskrit: niyāma
Used with respect to bodhisattva great beings. While “immaturity” (āma, skyon) suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍—here the term “maturity” implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.This rendering of skyon med pa incorporates the creative etymology of nyāma from ni plus āma (“raw”) rather than niyāma (“certainty”).
g.521
maturity of phenomena
Wylie: chos skyon myed pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མྱེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmaniyāmatā
g.522
maturity of the perfect nature
Wylie: yang dag pa’i skyon myed
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་སྐྱོན་མྱེད།
Sanskrit: samyaktva­niyāma
g.523
Maudgalyāyana
Wylie: maung+gal gyi bu
Tibetan: མཽངྒལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: maudgalyāyana
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra. He was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyā­yana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahā­maudgalyā­yana, “Great Maudgalyāyana.”
g.524
meditative absorption
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpatti
The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”Also rendered here as “absorption.”
g.525
meditative concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit: dhyāna
Meditative concentration is defined as the one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind free from afflicted mental states. Four states of meditative concentration are identified, which are identified as being conducive to birth within the realm of formour states of meditative concentration are identified as being conducive to birth within the realm of form, each of which has three phases of intensity. In the context of the Great Vehicle, meditative concentration is the fifth of the six perfections. See also “four meditative concentrations.”
g.526
meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samādhi
In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.Also included as sixth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.527
meditative stability with an initial mental application and with a sustained mental application
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa dang bcas rnam par dpyod pa dang bcas pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་དང་བཅས་རྣམ་པར་དཔྱོད་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: savitarka­savicāra­samādhi
First of the first set of three meditative stabilities ; see 9.­41.
g.528
meditative stability without an initial mental application and without a sustained mental application
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa med cing rnam par dpyod pa med pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་མེད་ཅིང་རྣམ་པར་དཔྱོད་པ་མེད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: avitarko’vicāra­samādhi
Third of the first set of three meditative stabilities ; see 9.­43.
g.529
meditative stability without an initial mental application but with just a sustained mental application
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa med cing rnam par dpyod pa tsam gyi ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་མེད་ཅིང་རྣམ་པར་དཔྱོད་པ་ཙམ་གྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: avitarka­savicāra­mātra­samādhi
Second of the first set of three meditative stabilities ; see 9.­42.
g.530
mental consciousness
Wylie: yid kyi rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: manovijñāna AD
g.531
mental faculty
Wylie: yid
Tibetan: ཡིད།
Sanskrit: manas
The faculty that perceives mental phenomena.
g.532
mental image
Wylie: mtshan ma
Tibetan: མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit: nimitta
See “sign.”
g.533
mentally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: yid kyi ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: manaḥsaṃsparśa
g.534
merit
Wylie: bsod nams
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས།
Sanskrit: puṇya
In Buddhism more generally, merit refers to the wholesome karmic potential accumulated by someone as a result of positive and altruistic thoughts, words, and actions, which will ripen in the current or future lifetimes as the experience of happiness and well-being. According to the Mahāyāna, it is important to dedicate the merit of one’s wholesome actions to the awakening of oneself and to the ultimate and temporary benefit of all sentient beings. Doing so ensures that others also experience the results of the positive actions generated and that the merit is not wasted by ripening in temporary happiness for oneself alone.
g.535
Merukūṭa
Wylie: ri bo’i zom
Tibetan: རི་བོའི་ཟོམ།
Sanskrit: merukūṭa
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.536
millionfold world system
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams ’bring po stong gnyis pa, stong gnyis kyi ’jig rten gyi khams ’bring po
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་འབྲིང་པོ་སྟོང་གཉིས་པ།, སྟོང་གཉིས་ཀྱི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་འབྲིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: dvisāhasralokadhātu
According to traditional Indian cosmology, a universe comprising one thousand thousandfold world systems.
g.537
mind that is a support for miraculous ability endowed with meditative stability and the formative force of exertion
Wylie: sems kyi ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: citta­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda
Third of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.538
mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛti
Also included as first of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.539
mindfulness of death
Wylie: ’chi ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: འཆི་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛtyanusmṛti
Ninth of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.540
mindfulness of disillusionment
Wylie: skyo ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: སྐྱོ་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: udvegānusmṛti
Seventh of the ten mindfulnesses. In some texts (see Twenty-Five Thousand, n.­114) this item of the ten is replaced by the mindfulness of quiescence (vyupaśamānusmṛti, nye bar zhi ba rjes su dran pa).
g.541
mindfulness of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlānusmṛti
Fourth of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.542
mindfulness of giving away
Wylie: gtong ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: གཏོང་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: tyāgānusmṛti
Fifth of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.543
mindfulness of the body
Wylie: lus kyi rnam pa rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: kāya­gatānusmṛti
Tenth of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.544
mindfulness of the Buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: buddhānusmṛti
First of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.545
mindfulness of the Dharma
Wylie: chos rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusmṛti
Second of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.546
mindfulness of the gods
Wylie: lha rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལྷ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: devānusmṛti
Sixth of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.547
mindfulness of the inhalation and exhalation of breath
Wylie: dbugs phyi nang du rgyu ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དབུགས་ཕྱི་ནང་དུ་རྒྱུ་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: āśvāsa­praśvāsānusmṛti
Eighth of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.548
mindfulness of the Saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṅghānusmṛti
Third of the ten mindfulnesses.
g.549
monastic preceptor
Wylie: mkhan po
Tibetan: མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit: upādhyāya
A person’s particular preceptor within the monastic tradition. They must have at least ten years of standing in the saṅgha, and their role is to confer ordination, to tend to the student, and to provide all the necessary requisites, therefore guiding that person for the taking of full vows and the maintenance of conduct and practice. This office was decreed by the Buddha so that aspirants would not have to receive ordination from the Buddha in person, and the Buddha identified two types: those who grant entry into the renunciate order and those who grant full ordination. The Tibetan translation mkhan po has also come to mean “a learned scholar,” the equivalent of a paṇḍita, but that is not the intended meaning in Indic Buddhist literature.
g.550
monk
Wylie: dge slong
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit: bhikṣu
The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).
g.551
moon lamp
Wylie: zla ba’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
A meditative stability.
g.552
moonlight
Wylie: zla ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: candraprabha
A meditative stability.
g.553
most extensive teachings
Wylie: shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: vaipulya
Twelfth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.554
Mount Sumeru
Wylie: ri rab, rgyal po ri rab
Tibetan: རི་རབ།, རྒྱལ་པོ་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: sumeru
According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.
g.555
mundane phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten pa’i chos
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: laukikadharma
These comprise the five aggregates, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the ten virtuous actions, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable attitudes, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers.
g.556
Mutik Tsenpo
Wylie: mu tig btsan po
Tibetan: མུ་ཏིག་བཙན་པོ།
Born in 761, he reigned as king of Tibet from 804 to 814 or 815. A son of Tri Songdetsen and father of Tri Ralpachan, Gyalse Lharjé, and Langdarma. Also known as Senalek Jingyön (sad na legs mjing yon) and Tridé Songtsen (khri sde srong tsan).
g.557
nāga
Wylie: klu
Tibetan: ཀླུ།
Sanskrit: nāga
A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.
g.558
Nāgārjuna
Wylie: klu grub
Tibetan: ཀླུ་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit: nāgārjuna
Indian philosopher and commentator (fl. second century), founder of the Madhyamaka school from his writings based principally on the Prajñā­pāramitā sūtras, and traditionally said to have brought the Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines from the realm of the nāgas to the human realm.
g.559
Namdé Ösung
Wylie: gnam sde ’od srungs
Tibetan: གནམ་སྡེ་འོད་སྲུངས།
One of Langdarma’s two sons, by his second wife (born 842?).
g.560
name and form
Wylie: ming dang gzugs
Tibetan: མིང་དང་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: nāmarūpa
Fourth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.561
Nandā
Wylie: mdangs dga’ ba
Tibetan: མདངས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: nandā
Name of a world system in the direction of the zenith, where the buddha Nandaśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.562
Nandadatta
Wylie: dga’ bas byin pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བས་བྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: nandadatta
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the direction of the zenith called Nandā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.563
Nandaśrī
Wylie: dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: nandaśrī
Name of a buddha in the direction of the zenith, residing in the world system called Nandā.
g.564
Naradatta
Wylie: skyes bus byin
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: naradatta
Name of a bodhisattva; in other texts his name in Tibetan is na las byin, mis byin, or mes byin.
g.565
narratives
Wylie: rtogs pa brjod pa
Tibetan: རྟོགས་པ་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: avadāna
Ninth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.566
nasally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: sna’i ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: སྣའི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇa­saṃsparśa
g.567
natural seal absorbing all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba’i rang bzhin phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བའི་རང་བཞིན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇākaramudrā
A meditative stability.
g.568
nature of reality
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
The real nature, true quality, or condition of things. Throughout Buddhist discourse this term is used in two distinct ways. In one, it designates the relative nature that is either the essential characteristic of a specific phenomenon, such as the heat of fire and the moisture of water, or the defining feature of a specific term or category. The other very important and widespread way it is used is to designate the ultimate nature of all phenomena, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms and is often synonymous with emptiness or the absence of intrinsic existence.Also rendered here as “reality of phenomena.”
g.569
Ngok Loden Sherab
Wylie: ngog blo ldan shes rab
Tibetan: ངོག་བློ་ལྡན་ཤེས་རབ།
A Tibetan translator and influential scholar (1059–1110) who spent seventeen years studying in Kashmir in his youth and returned to Tibet to become the abbot of Sangphu Neuthok (gsang phu ne’u thog) monastery, an important study center in central Tibet.
g.570
nine perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes dgu
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་དགུ།
Sanskrit: navasaṃjñā
The nine perceptions of impurity, as described in 2.­7, are as follows: (1) perception of a bloated corpse, (2) perception of a worm-infested corpse, (3) perception of a putrefied corpse, (4) perception of a bloodied corpse, (5) perception of a black-and-blue corpse, (6) perception of a chewed-up corpse, (7) perception of a dismembered corpse, (8) perception of bones, and (9) perception of an immolated corpse. For Pali and Sanskrit sources relevant to the nine perceptions of impurity, see Dayal 1932: 93–94.
g.571
nine serial steps of meditative absorption
Wylie: mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ།
Sanskrit: navānupūrva­vihāra­samāpatti
The nine levels of meditative absorption that one may attain during a human life, namely the four meditative concentrations corresponding to the realm of form (caturdhyāna), the four formless meditative absorptions (caturārūpya­samāpatti), and the attainment of the state of cessation. For an explanation of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption in this text, see 8.­83. These are also summarized in Jamgon Kongtrul, The Treasury of Knowledge, Book 6, Pt. 2: pp. 428–29.
g.572
nine states of beings
Wylie: sems can gyi gnas dgu
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གྱི་གནས་དགུ།
Sanskrit: navasattvāvāsa
The nine states of beings comprise (1) human beings and certain gods exemplifying those who have different bodies and different perceptions (lus tha dad cing ’du shes tha dad pa dag dper na mi rnams dang lha kha cig); (2) the gods appearing in the first tier of the Brahmakāyika realms, exemplifying those who have different bodies and identical perceptions (lus tha dad pa la ’du shes gcig pa dag dper na tshangs ris kyi lha dag dang po ’byung ba); (3) the gods of the Ābhāsvara realms, exemplifying those who have identical bodies and different perceptions (lus gcig la ’du shes tha dad pa dag dper na ’od gsal ba rnams); (4) the gods of the Śubhakṛtsna realms, exemplifying those who have identical bodies and identical perceptions (lus gcig la ’du shes gcig pa dag dper na dge rgyas kyi lha rnams); (5) the sphere of infinite space (nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched); (6) the sphere of infinite consciousness (rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched); (7) the sphere of nothing-at-all (ci yang med pa’i skye mched); [(8) the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception (’du shes med ’du shes med min gyi skye mched)]; and (9) the sphere of nonperception (’du shes med pa’i skye mched). The missing one is included in Nordrang Orgyan, pp. 2034–35.
g.573
Nirmāṇarati
Wylie: ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: nirmāṇarati
Fifth god realm of desire, meaning “Delighting in Emanation.”
g.574
nirvāṇa
Wylie: mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirvāṇa
In Sanskrit, the term nirvāṇa literally means “extinguishment” and the Tibetan mya ngan las ’das pa literally means “gone beyond sorrow.” As a general term, it refers to the cessation of all suffering, afflicted mental states (kleśa), and causal processes (karman) that lead to rebirth and suffering in cyclic existence, as well as to the state in which all such rebirth and suffering has permanently ceased.More specifically, three main types of nirvāṇa are identified. (1) The first type of nirvāṇa, called nirvāṇa with remainder (sopadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), is the state in which arhats or buddhas have attained awakening but are still dependent on the conditioned aggregates until their lifespan is exhausted. (2) At the end of life, given that there are no more causes for rebirth, these aggregates cease and no new aggregates arise. What occurs then is called nirvāṇa without remainder ( anupadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), which refers to the unconditioned element (dhātu) of nirvāṇa in which there is no remainder of the aggregates. (3) The Mahāyāna teachings distinguish the final nirvāṇa of buddhas from that of arhats, the nirvāṇa of arhats not being considered ultimate. The buddhas attain what is called nonabiding nirvāṇa (apratiṣṭhitanirvāṇa), which transcends the extremes of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa, i.e., existence and peace. This is the nirvāṇa that is the goal of the Mahāyāna path.
g.575
Nityaprayukta
Wylie: rtag tu sbyor ba
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: nityaprayukta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.576
Nityodyukta
Wylie: rtag tu brtson pa
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: nityodyukta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.577
Nityotkṣiptahasta
Wylie: rtag tu lag brkyang
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་ལག་བརྐྱང་།
Sanskrit: nityotkṣipta­hasta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.578
no fixed abode
Wylie: gnas la rten pa med pa
Tibetan: གནས་ལ་རྟེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketasthita
A meditative stability.
g.579
no harmony or disharmony
Wylie: mthun pa dang ’gal ba myed pa
Tibetan: མཐུན་པ་དང་འགལ་བ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: rodha­virodha­pratirodha
A meditative stability.
g.580
noble eightfold path
Wylie: ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: āryāṣṭāṅgamārga
The noble eightfold path comprises (1) correct view, (2) correct thought, (3) correct speech, (4) correct action, (5) correct livelihood, (6) correct effort, (7) correct mindfulness , and (8) correct meditative stability .
g.581
noble one
Wylie: ’phags pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārya
The Sanskrit ārya has the general meaning of a noble person, one of a higher class or caste. In Buddhist literature, depending on the context, it often means specifically one who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason. In particular, it applies to stream enterers, once-returners, non-returners, and worthy ones (arhats) and is also used as an epithet of bodhisattvas. In the five-path system, it refers to someone who has achieved at least the path of seeing (darśanamārga).
g.582
non-returner
Wylie: phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: āgāmī
The third of the four attainments of śrāvakas, this term refers to a person who will no longer take rebirth in the desire realm (kāmadhātu), but either be reborn in the Pure Abodes (śuddhāvāsa) or reach the state of an arhat in their current lifetime. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.583
nonapprehending manner
Wylie: myi dmyigs pa’i tshul, nonapprehending
Tibetan: མྱི་དམྱིགས་པའི་ཚུལ།, ནོནཔཔྲེཧེནདིང་།
Sanskrit: anupalambha­yogena
See “without apprehending anything.”
g.584
nonarising
Wylie: mi skye ba
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: anutpāda
g.585
nonarising of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad skye ba med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­svabhāvānutpatti
The initial meditative stability mentioned before the list in chapter 6, but not mentioned in chapter 8. This meditative stability appears to be equated with “all-aspect omniscience.”
g.586
nondistinguished
Wylie: mngon par dmigs pa med pa, mngon par dmyigs pa myed pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་དམིགས་པ་མེད་པ།, མངོན་པར་དམྱིགས་པ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilakṣita
A meditative stability.
g.587
nonentity
Wylie: dngos po med pa
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhāva
See “entity.”
g.588
nonexclusion of the aspect
Wylie: rnam par ’dor ba med pa, rnam pa ’dor ba myed pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འདོར་བ་མེད་པ།, རྣམ་པ་འདོར་བ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārānavakāra
A meditative stability.
g.589
nonresidual nirvāṇa
Wylie: phung po ma lus pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་མ་ལུས་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirupadhi­śeṣa­nirvāṇa
See “final nirvāṇa.”
g.590
nonself
Wylie: bdag med pa, bdag myed pa
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པ།, བདག་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anātman
The view that there is no inherently existent self, whether dependent on or independent of the five aggregates. Also translated here as “selflessness.”
g.591
nonvirtuous actions
Wylie: mi dge ba
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བ།
Sanskrit: akuśala
See “ten nonvirtuous actions.”
g.592
nonvirtuous phenomena
Wylie: mi dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: akuśaladharma
Nonvirtuous phenomena, as listed in 8.­78, include the following: the killing of living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, slander, verbal abuse, irresponsible chatter, covetousness, malice, wrong views, anger, enmity, hypocrisy, annoyance, violence, jealousy, miserliness, pride, and perverse pride.
g.593
not noisy
Wylie: ca co myi mnga’
Tibetan: ཅ་ཅོ་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti ravitam
Second of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.594
nun
Wylie: dge slong ma
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit: bhikṣuṇī
The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.
g.595
Nyang Indrawaro
Wylie: nyang in+dra wa ro, nyang iN+Da wa ro
Tibetan: ཉང་ཨིནྡྲ་ཝ་རོ།, ཉང་ཨིཎྜ་ཝ་རོ།
An early Tibetan translator.
g.596
obliterating defects of speech, transforming them as if into space
Wylie: ngag gi skyon rnam par ’jig pas nam mkha’ ltar gyur pa
Tibetan: ངག་གི་སྐྱོན་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པས་ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: vākkalividhvaṃsana­gagana­kalpa
A meditative stability.
g.597
observation of spatial directions
Wylie: phyogs rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: digvilokita
A meditative stability.
g.598
observation of the ten directions
Wylie: phyogs bcur rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་བཅུར་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: daśa­digva­lokita
A meditative stability.
g.599
obsession
Wylie: kun nas ldang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ལྡང་བ།
Sanskrit: paryutthāna
The eight obsessions are confusion, sleepiness, mental excitement, doubt, jealousy, miserliness, lack of embarrassment, and not having a sense a shame.
g.600
oceanic seal gathering all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba rgya mtsho’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇa­[sāgara-mudrā]
A meditative stability.
g.601
olfactory consciousness
Wylie: sna’i rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
g.602
omniscience
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvajñatā
g.603
once-returner
Wylie: lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan: ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sakṛdāgāmī
One who has achieved the second of the four levels of attainment on the śrāvaka path and who will attain liberation after only one more birth. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.604
one and only real nature
Wylie: gzhan ma yin pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: གཞན་མ་ཡིན་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: ananyatathatā
g.605
one born of Manu
Wylie: shed can
Tibetan: ཤེད་ཅན།
Sanskrit: manuja
See “child of Manu.”
g.606
opener of the gateways
Wylie: sgo rnam par ’byed pa
Tibetan: སྒོ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.607
origin of suffering
Wylie: kun ’byung ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: samudaya
Second of the four truths of the noble ones.
g.608
origin of the ten powers
Wylie: stobs bcu’i ’byung gnas su gyur pa
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུའི་འབྱུང་གནས་སུ་གྱུར་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.609
Padmā
Wylie: pad+mo
Tibetan: པདྨོ།
Sanskrit: padmā
Name of a world system in the direction of the nadir, where the buddha Padmaśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.610
Padmahasta
Wylie: lag na pad+mo
Tibetan: ལག་ན་པདྨོ།
Sanskrit: padmahasta
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the southeastern direction called Bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­surucitā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.611
Padmaśrī
Wylie: pad+mo’i dpal
Tibetan: པདྨོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padmaśrī
Name of a buddha in the direction of the nadir, residing in the world system called Padmā.
g.612
Padmavatī
Wylie: pad+mo can
Tibetan: པདྨོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: padmavatī
The buddhafield of the buddha Samantakusuma.
g.613
Padmāvatī
Wylie: pad+mo yod pa
Tibetan: པདྨོ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: padmāvatī
The name of a royal court in Rājagṛha.
g.614
Padmottara
Wylie: pad+mo dam pa
Tibetan: པདྨོ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: padmottara
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the direction of the nadir called Padmā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.615
Padmottaraśrī
Wylie: pad+mo dam pa’i dpal
Tibetan: པདྨོ་དམ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padmottaraśrī
Name of a buddha in the southeastern direction, residing in the world system called Bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­surucitā.
g.616
Pagor Vairotsana
Wylie: pa gor vai ro tsa
Tibetan: པ་གོར་བཻ༹་རོ་ཙ།
A great translator, scholar, and teacher of the early period; one of the first seven Tibetans to become a monk.
g.617
Paranirmitavaśavartin
Wylie: gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan: གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin
Sixth god realm of desire, meaning “Mastery over Transformations.”
g.618
Parīttābha
Wylie: chung snang
Tibetan: ཆུང་སྣང་།
Sanskrit: parīttābha
Fifth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Little Radiance.”
g.619
Parīttaśubha
Wylie: chung dge
Tibetan: ཆུང་དགེ།
Sanskrit: parīttaśubha
Tenth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Little Virtue.”
g.620
Parīttavṛha
Wylie: chung che
Tibetan: ཆུང་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: parīttavṛha
Literally meaning “Small Great,” the name used in this text and in the Twenty-Five Thousand for what is, in the Prajñāpāramitā literature, the fourteenth of the sixteen levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations. The Sanskrit equivalent is attested in the Sanskrit of the Hundred Thousand, while the name Anabhraka (q.v.) is used in the later Sanskrit manuscripts that correspond more closely to the eight-chapter Tengyur version of this text. In other genres, this is the tenth of twelve levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations.
g.621
past action
Wylie: las
Tibetan: ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
Meaning “action” in its most basic sense, karma is an important concept in Buddhist philosophy as the cumulative force of previous physical, verbal, and mental acts, which determines present experience and will determine future existences.Also rendered here as “karma.”
g.622
path
Wylie: lam
Tibetan: ལམ།
Sanskrit: mārga
Fourth of the four truths of the noble ones.
g.623
path of the ten virtuous actions
Wylie: dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: daśakuśala­karmapatha
These are the opposite of the ten nonvirtuous actions, i.e., refraining from engaging in the ten nonvirtuous actions and (in some contexts) doing the opposite.
g.624
Patient Endurance
Wylie: mi mjed
Tibetan: མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit: sahā
The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings. The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.
g.625
peace
Wylie: zhi ba
Tibetan: ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: śānti
Also translated here as “calm.”
g.626
perception of a black-and-blue corpse
Wylie: rnam par sngos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྔོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vinīlaka­saṃjñā
Fifth of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.627
perception of a bloated corpse
Wylie: rnam par bam pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བམ་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vyādhmātaka­saṃjñā
First of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.628
perception of a bloodied corpse
Wylie: rnam par dmar ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དམར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vilohitaka­saṃjñā
Fourth of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.629
perception of a chewed-up corpse
Wylie: rnam par zos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཟོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikhāditaka­saṃjñā
Sixth of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.630
perception of a dismembered corpse
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikṣiptaka­saṃjñā
Seventh of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.631
perception of a putrefied corpse
Wylie: rnam par rnags pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྣགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipūyakasamjñā
Third of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.632
perception of a worm-infested corpse
Wylie: ’bu can gyi ’du shes
Tibetan: འབུ་ཅན་གྱི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipaḍumaka­saṃjñā
Second of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.633
perception of an immolated corpse
Wylie: rnam par tshig pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཚིག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vidagdhaka­saṃjñā
Ninth of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.634
perception of bones
Wylie: rus pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རུས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: asthisaṃjñā
Eighth of the nine perceptions of impurity.
g.635
perception of death
Wylie: ’chi ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཆི་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: mṛtyuḥsaṃjñā
Fifth of the six perceptions.
g.636
perception of happiness
Wylie: bde ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: བདེ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sukhasaṃjñā
Second of the four misconceptions.
g.637
perception of impermanence
Wylie: mi rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: མི་རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anityasaṃjñā
First of the six perceptions in chapter 2, and first of another list in chapter 58.
g.638
perception of nonself
Wylie: bdag med pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anātmasaṃjñā
Third of the six perceptions in chapter 2, and third of another list in chapter 58.
g.639
perception of permanence
Wylie: rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: nityasaṃjñā
First of the four misconceptions.
g.640
perception of pleasant
Wylie: sdug par ’du shes
Tibetan: སྡུག་པར་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: śubhasaṃjñā
Fourth of the four misconceptions.
g.641
perception of self
Wylie: bdag tu ’du shes
Tibetan: བདག་ཏུ་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: ātmasaṃjñā
Third of the four misconceptions; the mistaken notion of a self existing independent of the five aggregates.
g.642
perception of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal gyi ’du shes
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་གྱི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: duḥkhasaṃjñā
Second of the six perceptions in chapter 2, and second of another list in chapter 58.
g.643
perception of the unpleasantness of food
Wylie: zas la mi mthun pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: ཟས་ལ་མི་མཐུན་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: āhāre pratikūlasaṃjñā
g.644
perception of unattractiveness
Wylie: mi sdug pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: མི་སྡུག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: apriyasaṃjñā
Fourth of the six perceptions in chapter 2, and fourth of another list in chapter 58.
g.645
perception that there is nothing delightful in the entire world
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad la dga’ bar mi bya ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་དགའ་བར་མི་བྱ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sarva­lokānabhirati­saṃjñā
Sixth of the six perceptions.
g.646
perception that there is nothing reliable in the entire world
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad la yid brtan du mi rung ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཡིད་བརྟན་དུ་མི་རུང་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
g.647
perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: saṃjñā
The mental processes of recognizing and identifying the objects of the five senses and the mind. Third of the five aggregates.
g.648
perfect calming of all contradictions and refutations
Wylie: ’gal ba dang ’gog pa thams cad yang dag par zhi bar byed pa
Tibetan: འགལ་བ་དང་འགོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་ཞི་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­nirodha­virodha­saṃpraśamana
A meditative stability.
g.649
perfect elimination of right and wrong
Wylie: yang dag pa dang log pa thams cad yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་དང་ལོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva-samyaktva­mithyātva­saṃgrahana
A meditative stability.
g.650
perfection of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlapāramitā
Second of the six perfections.
g.651
perfection of generosity
Wylie: sbyin pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dānapāramitā
First of the six perfections.
g.652
perfection of meditative concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan gyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་གྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dhyānapāramitā
Fifth of the six perfections. See also “meditative concentration.”
g.653
perfection of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: vīryapāramitā
Fourth of the six perfections.
g.654
perfection of tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣāntipāramitā
Third of the six perfections.
g.655
perfection of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñā­pāramitā
The sixth of the six perfections, it refers to the profound understanding of the emptiness of all phenomena, the realization of ultimate reality. It is often personified as a female deity, worshiped as the “Mother of All Buddhas” (sarva­jina­mātā).
g.656
perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pāramitā
See “six perfections.”
g.657
perfectly complete buddha
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddha
The attainment of a buddha, who has gained total freedom from conditioned existence, overcome all tendencies imprinted on the mind as a result of a long association with afflicted mental states, and fully manifested all aspects of a buddha’s body, speech, and mind.
g.658
perfectly complete enlightenment
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbodhi
g.659
permeation of space
Wylie: nam mkha’ rgyas par ’gengs pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་རྒྱས་པར་འགེངས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśasphāraṇa
A meditative stability.
g.660
perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit: vīrya
Third of the seven branches of enlightenment and fourth of the six perfections.
g.661
perseverance that is a support for miraculous ability endowed with meditative stability and the formative force of exertion
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: vīrya­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda
Second of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.662
person
Wylie: gang zag
Tibetan: གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: pudgala
g.663
Phamthing
Wylie: pham thing
Tibetan: ཕམ་ཐིང་།
A temple near Yangleshö in Pharping, Nepal, sacred to Vajrayoginī.
g.664
physical form
Wylie: gzugs
Tibetan: གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: rūpa
First of the five aggregates. Physical forms include the subtle and coarse forms derived from the primary material elements.
g.665
pliability
Wylie: shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit: praśrabdhi
Fifth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.666
power of effort
Wylie: brtson pa’i stobs
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: balavīrya
A meditative stability.
g.667
power of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དད་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: śraddhābala
First of the five powers.
g.668
power of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi stobs
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: samādhibala
Fourth of the five powers.
g.669
power of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དྲན་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: smṛtibala
Third of the five powers.
g.670
power of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi stobs
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: vīryabala
Second of the five powers.
g.671
power of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi stobs
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: prajñābala
Fifth of the five powers.
g.672
powers
Wylie: stobs
Tibetan: སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: bala
May refer either to the “five powers” (in lists after the five faculties) or the “ten powers of the tathāgatas.”
g.673
powers of the tathāgatas
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: tathāgata­bala
See “ten powers of the tathāgatas.”
g.674
Prajāpati
Wylie: skye dgu’i bdag po
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajāpati
Name of a god.
g.675
Prajñāpāramitā
Wylie: shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñā­pāramitā
See “perfection of wisdom.”
g.676
Prasenajit
Wylie: sde rab tu pham byed
Tibetan: སྡེ་རབ་ཏུ་ཕམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: prasenajit
King of Kośala and disciple-patron of the Buddha.
g.677
pratyekabuddha
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddha
Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.
g.678
precious seal
Wylie: rin chen phyag rgya
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: ratnamudrā
A meditative stability.
g.679
pride
Wylie: nga rgyal
Tibetan: ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: māna
Fourth of the five fetters associated with the superior.
g.680
principle of reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i tshul
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: bhūtanaya
g.681
propensities for afflicted mental states that cause linking up
Wylie: bag chags kyi mtshams sbyor ba’i nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་མཚམས་སྦྱོར་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: vāsanānusaṃdhi­kleśa
The mundane process of rebirth within saṃsāra, impelled by the propensities of past actions. See also The Precious Discourse on the Blessed One’s Extensive Wisdom That Leads to Infinite Certainty (Toh 99), 3.­162, and n.­106.
g.682
prophecy
Wylie: lung du bstan pa, lung bstan pa
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པ།, ལུང་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: vyākaraṇa
See “prophetic declaration.”
g.683
prophetic declaration
Wylie: lung bstan pa
Tibetan: ལུང་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: vyākaraṇa
In the evolution of bodhisattvas, the formal prophecy or prophetic declaration made by a buddha that they will attain awakening at a specified future time is a key event frequently described in the sūtras and other narrative accounts. It is also the third of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.684
protector of all worlds
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad skyob pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱོབ་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.685
provision
Wylie: tshogs
Tibetan: ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: sambhāra
This term denotes the two provisions of merit and wisdom that are gathered by bodhisattvas on the path to complete buddhahood. The fulfilment of the provision of merit (puṇyasambhāra, bsod nams kyi tshogs) and the provision of wisdom (jñānasambhāra, ye shes kyi tshogs) constitutes the fruition of the entire path according to the Great Vehicle, resulting in the maturation of the buddha body of form (rūpakāya)and the buddha body of reality (dharmakāya), respectively.
g.686
Puṇyaprasava
Wylie: bsod nams ’phel
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་འཕེལ།
Sanskrit: puṇyaprasava
Literally meaning “Increasing Merit,” the more usual name for what is, in the Prajñāpāramitā literature, the fifteenth of the sixteen levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, and in this text and in the Hundred Thousand is instead rendered Apramāṇabṛhat (q.v.). Puṇyaprasava is used in the later Sanskrit manuscripts that correspond more closely to the eight-chapter Tengyur version of this text. In other genres, it is the eleventh of twelve levels corresponding to the four meditative concentrations.
g.687
pure supremacy
Wylie: dag pa dam pa
Tibetan: དག་པ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: śuddhāvāsa
A meditative stability.
g.688
purification of defining characteristics
Wylie: mtshan nyid yongs su sbyong ba
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­pariśodhana
A meditative stability.
g.689
purified of the three spheres
Wylie: ’khor gsum yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: འཁོར་གསུམ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: tri­maṇḍala­pariśuddha
A meditative stability.
g.690
Pūrṇa
Wylie: gang po
Tibetan: གང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇa
See “Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇīputra.”
g.691
Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇīputra
Wylie: byams gang gi bu, bshes pa’i bu gang po
Tibetan: བྱམས་གང་གི་བུ།, བཤེས་པའི་བུ་གང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇa maitrāyaṇīputra
Name of an elder and senior disciple of the Buddha Śākyamuni, a brahmin from Kapilavastu who went forth and became an arhat under the guidance of his uncle Kauṇḍinya. He was declared by the Buddha to be “foremost in teaching the doctrine.” He is one of the interlocutors in this text. This Pūrṇa (as he was also known for short) is identified by the name of his mother, Maitrāyaṇī, and should be thus distinguished from several other disciples also named Pūrṇa.
g.692
pursuit of the stream
Wylie: rgyun gyi rjes su song ba
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་གྱི་རྗེས་སུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: śroto’nugata
A meditative stability.
g.693
Puṣpākara
Wylie: me tog gi ’byung gnas
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་གི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: puṣpākara
Name of an eon.
g.694
Rājagṛha
Wylie: rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit: rājagṛha
The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.
g.695
Ratnadatta
Wylie: rin chen byin
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: ratnadatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.696
Ratnagarbha
Wylie: rin chen snying po
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ratnagarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.697
Ratnākara
Wylie: rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnākara
Name of a buddha in the eastern direction, residing in the world system called Ratnavatī.
g.698
Ratnākara
Wylie: rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnākara
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.699
Ratnamudrāhasta
Wylie: lag na rin chen phyag rgya
Tibetan: ལག་ན་རིན་ཆེན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: ratna­mudrā­hasta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.700
Ratnārcis
Wylie: rin chen ’od ’phro
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ།
Sanskrit: ratnārcis
Name of a buddha in the western direction, residing in the world system called Upaśāntā.
g.701
Ratnavatī
Wylie: rin chen yod pa
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ratnavatī
Name of a world system in the eastern direction, where the buddha Ratnākara teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.702
Ratnottama
Wylie: rin chen mchog
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: ratnottama
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the northwestern direction called Vaśībhūtā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.703
real nature
Wylie: de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: tathatā
Literally, “thusness” or “suchness.” The ultimate nature of things, or the way things are beyond all concepts and duality, as opposed to the way they appear to unawakened beings.
g.704
reality of phenomena
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
The real nature, true quality, or condition of things. Throughout Buddhist discourse this term is used in two distinct ways. In one, it designates the relative nature that is either the essential characteristic of a specific phenomenon, such as the heat of fire and the moisture of water, or the defining feature of a specific term or category. The other very important and widespread way it is used is to designate the ultimate nature of all phenomena, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms and is often synonymous with emptiness or the absence of intrinsic existence.Also rendered here as “nature of reality.”
g.705
realm of cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: nirodhadhātu
g.706
realm of desire
Wylie: ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāmadhātu
In Buddhist cosmology, this is our own realm, the lowest and most coarse of the three realms of saṃsāra. It is called this because beings here are characterized by their strong longing for and attachment to the pleasures of the senses. The desire realm includes hell beings, hungry ghosts, animals, humans, asuras, and the lowest six heavens of the gods‍—from the Heaven of the Four Great Kings (cāturmahā­rājika) up to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin). Located above the desire realm is the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).
g.707
realm of form
Wylie: gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpadhātu
One of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology, it is characterized by subtle materiality. Here beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification. It consists of seventeen heavens structured according to the four concentrations of the form realm (rūpāvacaradhyāna), the highest five of which are collectively called “pure abodes” (śuddhāvāsa). The form realm is located above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) and below the formless realm (ārūpya­dhātu).
g.708
realm of formlessness
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ārūpyadhātu
The highest and subtlest of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology. Here beings are no longer bound by materiality and enjoy a purely mental state of absorption. It is divided in four levels according to each of the four formless concentrations (ārūpyāvacaradhyāna), namely, the Sphere of Infinite Space (ākāśānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Infinite Consciousness (vijñānānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Nothingness (a­kiñ­canyāyatana), and the Sphere of Neither Perception nor Non-perception (naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñāyatana). The formless realm is located above the other two realms of saṃsāra, the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the desire realm (kāmadhātu).
g.709
realm of freedom from desire
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i dbyings
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: virāgadhātu
g.710
realm of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātu
Interpreted variously‍—given the many connotations of both dharma and dhātu‍—as the realm, element, or nature of phenomena, reality, or truth. Also used as a synonym for other terms designating the ultimate. In Tibetan, instances of the Sanskrit dharmadhātu with this range of meanings (rendered chos kyi dbyings) are distinguished from instances of the same Sanskrit term with its rather different meaning related to mental perception in the context of the twelve sense fields and eighteen elements (rendered chos kyi khams).
g.711
realm of renunciation
Wylie: rab tu byang ba’i dbyings
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་བྱང་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: prahāṇadhātu
See also n.­570.
g.712
realm of the exhaustion of desire
Wylie: ’dod chags zad pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་ཟད་པའི་དབྱིངས།
g.713
realm of the inconceivable
Wylie: bsam gyis myi khyab pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མྱི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: acintyadhātu
A synonym of ultimate reality.
g.714
rebirth process
Wylie: srid pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhava
Tenth of the twelve links of dependent origination; third of the four torrents.
g.715
recollect multiple past abodes
Wylie: rnam pa du mar sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་དུ་མར་སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན།
Sanskrit: aneka­pūrva­nivāsānusmṛti
Eighth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.716
renunciation of delight
Wylie: dga’ ba spong ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: ratijaha
A meditative stability.
g.717
repudiation of afflicted mental states
Wylie: nyon mongs pa spong ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: raṇaṃjaha
A meditative stability.
g.718
resolve that is a support for miraculous ability endowed with meditative stability and the formative force of exertion
Wylie: mos pa’i ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: མོས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: chanda­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda
First of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.719
restoration and purification ceremony
Wylie: gso sbyin
Tibetan: གསོ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: poṣadha
g.720
Rongtönpa
Wylie: rong ston shes bya kun rig shA kya rgal mtshan
Tibetan: རོང་སྟོན་ཤེས་བྱ་ཀུན་རིག་ཤཱ་ཀྱ་རྒལ་མཚན།
A great Sakya scholar (1367–1449), very influential for the tradition of Perfection of Wisdom studies in Tibet.
g.721
Ru Tsam
Wylie: ru ’tshams, ru mtshams
Tibetan: རུ་འཚམས།, རུ་མཚམས།
A place and monastery at the border of Ü and Tsang, between Tsurphu and Nyemo, figuring in the history of the early Sakya masters.
g.722
Śakra
Wylie: brgya byin
Tibetan: བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: śakra
The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.
g.723
Śākya
Wylie: shakya
Tibetan: ཤཀྱ།
Sanskrit: śākya
Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.
g.724
Śākyamuni
Wylie: shAkya thub pa
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: śākyamuni
An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.
g.725
Samādhihastyuttaraśrī
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi glang po dam pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་གླང་པོ་དམ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samādhi­hastyuttara­śrī
Name of a buddha in the northeastern intermediate direction, residing in the world system called Samādhyalaṅkṛta.
g.726
Samādhyalaṅkṛta
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyis brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: samādhyalaṅkṛta
Name of a world system in the northeastern direction, where the buddha Samādhi­hastyuttara­śrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.727
Samantakusuma
Wylie: me tog kun nas rgyas pa
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ནས་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: samantakusuma
Name of a buddha.
g.728
Samantaraśmi
Wylie: ’od zer kun nas ’byung ba
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་ཀུན་ནས་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantaraśmi
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the eastern direction called Ratnavatī, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.729
sameness of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mnyam pa nyid, chos thams cad la mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samatā
A meditative stability.
g.730
sameness of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: samādhisamatā
A meditative stability.
g.731
saṃsāra
Wylie: ’khor ba
Tibetan: འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃsāra
A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterized by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.
g.732
Saṃtuṣita
Wylie: rab dga’ ldan
Tibetan: རབ་དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: saṃtuṣita
Name of the god presiding over the Tuṣita realm.
g.733
saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit: saṅgha
Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.
g.734
Śāradvatīputra
Wylie: sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan: ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: śāradvatīputra
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyā­yana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”
g.735
Śāriputra
Wylie: shA ri’i bu
Tibetan: ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: śāriputra
See “Śāradvatīputra.”
g.736
Sarvaśokāpagata
Wylie: mya ngan med pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­śokāpagata
Name of a world system in the southern direction, where the buddha Aśokaśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.737
sayings in prose and verse
Wylie: dbyangs bsnyad, dbyangs kyis bsnyad pa
Tibetan: དབྱངས་བསྙད།, དབྱངས་ཀྱིས་བསྙད་པ།
Sanskrit: geya
Second of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.738
scrutiny that is a support for miraculous ability endowed with meditative stability and the formative force of exertion
Wylie: dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: mīmāṃsā­vīrya­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda
Fourth of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.739
seal of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­mudrā
A meditative stability.
g.740
seal of entry into all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la ’jug pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­praveśa­mudrā
A meditative stability.
g.741
seal of the gateway of all dhāraṇīs
Wylie: gzungs kyi sgo thams cad kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dhāraṇī­mukha­mudrā
A meditative stability.
g.742
seal of the king
Wylie: rgyal po’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: rājamudrā
A meditative stability.
g.743
seal of the supreme phenomenon
Wylie: chos dam pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་དམ་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: vara­dharma­mudrā
A meditative stability.
g.744
sealed with the seal
Wylie: phyag rgya yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་རྒྱ་ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmudrā
A meditative stability. The Sanskrit from Dutt would suggest, rather, “Dhāraṇī seal,” as in the Ten Thousand (gzungs kyi phyag rgya).
g.745
sealing of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad phyag rgyar gyur pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཕྱག་རྒྱར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­mudrāgata
A meditative stability.
g.746
sealing of Avalokita
Wylie: spyan ras gzigs kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: avalokita­mudrā­gata
A meditative stability.
g.747
seat of enlightenment
Wylie: snying po byang chub
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍa
The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni achieved awakening and where every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world this is understood to be located under the Bodhi tree, the Vajrāsana, in present-day Bodhgaya, India. It can also refer to the state of awakening itself.
g.748
self-originated from the vessel
Wylie: snod las rang ’byung ba
Tibetan: སྣོད་ལས་རང་འབྱུང་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.749
selflessness
Wylie: bdag myed, bdag med
Tibetan: བདག་མྱེད།, བདག་མེད།
Sanskrit: ātmāsadbhūtatva, nairātmya
Selflessness denotes the lack of inherent existence in persons and also, more subtly, in all physical and mental phenomena. Also translated here as “nonself.””
g.750
sensation
Wylie: tshor ba
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vedanā
Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “feelings.”
g.751
sense field
Wylie: skye mched
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: āyatana
The subjective and objective poles of sense perception. The fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination. These can be listed as twelve or as six sense sources (sometimes also called sense fields, bases of cognition, or simply āyatanas).In the context of epistemology, it is one way of describing experience and the world in terms of twelve sense sources, which can be divided into inner and outer sense sources, namely: (1–2) eye and form, (3–4) ear and sound, (5–6) nose and odor, (7–8) tongue and taste, (9–10) body and touch, (11–12) mind and mental phenomena.In the context of the twelve links of dependent origination, only six sense sources are mentioned, and they are the inner sense sources (identical to the six faculties) of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.
g.752
sense of moral and ascetic supremacy
Wylie: tshul khrims dang brtul zhugs bsnyems pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་དང་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་བསྙེམས་པ།
Sanskrit: śīla­vrata­parāmarśa
Third of the three fetters; also fourth of the five fetters associated with the inferior.
g.753
sensory contact
Wylie: reg pa
Tibetan: རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: sparśa
Sixth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.754
sensory element
Wylie: khams
Tibetan: ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dhātu
In the context of Buddhist philosophy, one way to describe experience in terms of eighteen elements (eye, form, and eye consciousness; ear, sound, and ear consciousness; nose, smell, and nose consciousness; tongue, taste, and tongue consciousness; body, touch, and body consciousness; and mind, mental phenomena, and mind consciousness).This also refers to the elements of the world, which can be enumerated as four, five, or six. The four elements are earth, water, fire, and air. A fifth, space, is often added, and the sixth is consciousness.See “eighteen sensory elements.”
g.755
sensory element of auditory consciousness
Wylie: rna ba’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śrotra­vijñāna­dhātu
Sixth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.756
sensory element of feeling
Wylie: tshor ba’i dbyings
Tibetan: ཚོར་བའི་དབྱིངས།
g.757
sensory element of gustatory consciousness
Wylie: lce’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: jihva­vijñāna­dhātu
Twelfth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.758
sensory element of mental consciousness
Wylie: yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: mano­vijñāna­dhātu
Eighteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.759
sensory element of mental phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi khams
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātu
Seventeenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.760
sensory element of odors
Wylie: dri’i khams
Tibetan: དྲིའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: gandhadhātu
Eighth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.761
sensory element of olfactory consciousness
Wylie: sna’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇa­vijñāna­dhātu
Ninth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.762
sensory element of sights
Wylie: gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpadhātu
Second of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.763
sensory element of sounds
Wylie: sgra’i khams
Tibetan: སྒྲའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śabdadhātu
Fifth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.764
sensory element of tactile consciousness
Wylie: lus kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāya­vijñāna­dhātu
Fifteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.765
sensory element of tangibles
Wylie: reg bya’i khams
Tibetan: རེག་བྱའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: spraṣṭavya­dhātu
Fourteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.766
sensory element of tastes
Wylie: ro’i khams
Tibetan: རོའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rasadhātu
Eleventh of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.767
sensory element of the body
Wylie: lus kyi khams
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāyadhātu
Thirteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.768
sensory element of the ears
Wylie: rna ba’i khams
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śrotradhātu
Fourth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.769
sensory element of the eyes
Wylie: mig gi khams
Tibetan: མིག་གི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: cakṣurdhātu
First of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.770
sensory element of the mental faculty
Wylie: yid kyi khams
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: manodhātu
Sixteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.771
sensory element of the nose
Wylie: sna’i khams
Tibetan: སྣའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇdhātu
Seventh of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.772
sensory element of the tongue
Wylie: lce’i khams
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: jihvadhātu
Tenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.773
sensory element of visual consciousness
Wylie: mig gi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: cakṣurvijñāna­dhātu
Third of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.774
serial steps of meditative absorption
Wylie: mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: anupūrva­vihāra­samāpatti
See “nine serial steps of meditative absorption.”
g.775
setting of the mind on enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub sems bskyed pa, sems bskyed pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།, སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­cittotpāda, cittotpāda
The setting of the mind on enlightenment for the sake of all beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, who are both focused on their own emancipation from saṃsāra.
g.776
seven branches of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptabodhyaṅga
These are (1) the branch of enlightenment that is correct mindfulness, (2) the branch of enlightenment that is correct analysis of phenomena, (3) the branch of enlightenment that is correct perseverance, (4) the branch of enlightenment that is correct delight, (5) the branch of enlightenment that is correct pliability, (6) the branch of enlightenment that is correct meditative stability, and (7) the branch of enlightenment that is correct equanimity.
g.777
seven emptinesses
Wylie: stong pa nyid bdun po
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བདུན་པོ།
As found in Ghoṣa, p. 138; Bṭ1, p. 758; and Bṭ3, 4.­259, they are the emptinesses of seven separate groups‍—aggregates, sensory elements, sense fields, truths of the noble ones, dependent origination, all conditioned phenomena, and all unconditioned dharmas. (Alternatively, the last two are all phenomena, and then all conditioned and unconditioned phenomena; Toh 3808 renders these “all compounded phenomena, and all uncompounded dharmas.”) Zacchetti, 21r3, says “ten emptinesses,” but a flaw in the material of the MS may have distracted the scribe at this point.
g.778
seven precious materials
Wylie: rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptaratna
The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.
g.779
seven riches
Wylie: nor bdun
Tibetan: ནོར་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptadhana
These are enumerated in the Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3807 (Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.40.b), as (1) faith (dad pa), (2) ethical discipline (tshul khrims), (3) study (thos pa), (4) liberality (gtong ba), (5) wisdom (shes rab), (6) conscience (hrī, ngo tsha shes pa), and (7) shame (apatrāpya, khrel yod).
g.780
sexual misconduct
Wylie: ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
Sanskrit: kāmamithyācāra
Third of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.781
shoulder ornament of the victory banner’s crest
Wylie: rgyal mtshan rtse mo’i dpung rgyan
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྩེ་མོའི་དཔུང་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: dhvajāgra­ketu[rāja], dhvajāgra­keyūra
A meditative stability.
g.782
sign
Wylie: mtshan ma
Tibetan: མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit: nimitta
A sign or feature of an object which serves as the basis for its being generically named and thus conceptually categorized. A sign is usually imagined rather than being a real attribute of the object, and perception that operates by identifying distinguishing signs is therefore what defines coarse conceptuality. In some contexts nimitta can be translated as “mental image.”
g.783
signlessness
Wylie: mtshan ma med pa, mtshan ma myed pa
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།, མཚན་མ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animitta
The ultimate absence of marks and signs in perceived objects. One of the three gateways to liberation; the other two are emptiness and wishlessness.
g.784
signlessness as a gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo mtshan ma myed pa, rnam par thar pa’i sgo mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་མཚན་མ་མྱེད་པ།, རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animitta­vimokṣa­mukha
Second of the three gateways to liberation.
g.785
single array
Wylie: gcig tu rnam par bkod pa
Tibetan: གཅིག་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ekavyūha
A meditative stability.
g.786
single aspect
Wylie: rnam pa gcig tu gyur ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་གཅིག་ཏུ་གྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: ekākāra
A meditative stability.
g.787
six extrasensory powers
Wylie: mngon par shes pa drug
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍabhijñā
See “extrasensory powers.”
g.788
six inner sense fields
Wylie: nang gi skye mched drug
Tibetan: ནང་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍādhyātmikāyatana
The six inner sense fields comprise (1) the sense field of the eyes, (2) the sense field of the ears, (3) the sense field of the nose, (4) the sense field of the tongue, (5) the sense field of the body, and (6) the sense field of the mental faculty. These are included in the twelve sense fields.
g.789
six mindfulnesses
Wylie: rjes su dran pa drug
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍanusmṛti
The six mindfulnesses are (1) mindfulness of the Buddha, (2) mindfulness of the Dharma, (3) mindfulness of the Saṅgha, (4) mindfulness of ethical discipline, (5) mindfulness of giving away, and (6) mindfulness of the gods. See also “ten mindfulnesses.”
g.790
six mothers
Wylie: yum drug
Tibetan: ཡུམ་དྲུག
The five long sūtras‍—in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand (Toh 9), Eighteen Thousand (Toh 10), Ten Thousand (Toh 11), and Eight Thousand (Toh 12) lines‍—plus the Verse Summary (Toh 13), so called because they are all complete, as defined by each including all eight topics of the Abhisamayālaṃkāra.
g.791
six outer sense fields
Wylie: phyi’i skye mched drug
Tibetan: ཕྱིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍbāhyāyatana
The six outer sense fields comprise (1) the sense field of sights, (2) the sense field of sounds, (3) the sense field of odors, (4) the sense field of tastes, (5) the sense field of touch, and (6) the sense field of mental phenomena. These are included in the twelve sense fields.
g.792
six perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaṭpāramitā
The practice of the six perfections, comprising generosity, ethical discipline, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration, and wisdom, is the foundation of the entire bodhisattva path. These six are known as “perfections” when they are motivated by an altruistic intention to attain full enlightenment for the sake of all beings.
g.793
six principles of being liked
Wylie: yang dag par sdud par ’gyur ba’i chos drug
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྡུད་པར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཆོས་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaṭsaṃrañjanīya
The Long Explanation (Toh 3808, 4.­59) says these “are in the One Hundred Thousand” and lists them as “kindly physical action, kindly verbal action, kindly mental action, and a balanced morality, balanced view, and balanced livelihood.”
g.794
six sense fields
Wylie: skye mched drug
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍāyatana
Fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination. See also “sense field.”
g.795
sixty-two mistaken views
Wylie: lta ba’i rnam pa drug cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvāṣaṣṭi­dṛṣṛṭi­kṛtāni
The sixty-two false views, as enumerated in the Brahma­jāla­sūtra (tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo, Toh 352), comprise eighteen speculations concerning the past, based on theories of eternalism, partial eternalism, extensionism, endless equivocation, and fortuitous origination, as well as forty-four speculations concerning the future, based on percipient immortality, non-percipient immortality, neither percipient nor non-percipient immortality, annihilationism, and the immediate attainment of nirvāṇa in the present life.
g.796
skillful means
Wylie: thabs
Tibetan: ཐབས།
Sanskrit: upāya
The concept of skillful or expedient means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures that are revealed contingent on the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. It is, therefore, equated with compassion and the form body of the buddhas, the rūpakāya. According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth perfection. It is therefore paired with wisdom (prajñā), forming the two indispensable aspects of the path. It is also the seventh of the ten perfections. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)
g.797
slander
Wylie: phra ma
Tibetan: ཕྲ་མ།
Sanskrit: paiśunya
Fifth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. “Slander” means intentionally separating friends by speaking behind their back.
g.798
small thousandfold world system
Wylie: stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams byur bu
Tibetan: སྟོང་གི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་བྱུར་བུ།
Sanskrit: sāhasra­loka­dhātu
A universe comprising one thousand world systems each with its four continents etc., according to traditional Indian cosmology. The Tibetan term byur bu that forms part of the term used in this text, and also means “brimful,” may be a rendering of Skt. cūlakabaddha with the sense of this first-order world system being “bound,” i.e., relatively compact or limited when compared to the second- and third-order universes.
g.799
space element
Wylie: nam mkha’i khams
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ākāśadhātu AD
g.800
space-like
Wylie: nam mkha’ lta bu
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟ་བུ།
A meditative stability.
g.801
space-like and without attachment, hence free and without blemish
Wylie: nam mkha’ ltar chags pa myed pas rnam par grol zhing gos pa myed pa, nam mkha’ ltar chags pa med pas rnam par grol zhing gos pa med pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པས་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་ཞིང་གོས་པ་མྱེད་པ།, ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་ཆགས་པ་མེད་པས་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་ཞིང་གོས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśāsaṅgha­vimukti­nirupalepa
A meditative stability.
g.802
sphere of infinite consciousness
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: vijñānānantyāyatana
The second formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.803
sphere of infinite space
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: ākāśānantyāyatana
The first formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.804
sphere of neither perception nor nonperception
Wylie: ’du shes myed ’du shes myed myin skye mched, ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མྱེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མྱེད་མྱིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།, འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: naiva­saṃ­jñānāsaṃ­jñāyatana
The fourth formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.805
sphere of nothing-at-all
Wylie: cung zad med pa’i skye mched, chung zad myed pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: ཅུང་ཟད་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།, ཆུང་ཟད་མྱེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: a­kiñ­canyāyatana
The third formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.806
spiritual family
Wylie: rigs
Tibetan: རིགས།
Sanskrit: gotra
Literally, the class, caste or lineage. In this context, it is the basic disposition or propensity of an individual that determines which kind of vehicle (śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, or bodhisattva) they will follow and therefore which kind of awakening they will obtain.
g.807
spiritual mentor
Wylie: dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: kalyāṇamitra
A spiritual teacher who can contribute to an individual’s progress on the spiritual path to enlightenment and act wholeheartedly for the welfare of students.
g.808
śrāvaka
Wylie: nyan thos
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit: śrāvaka
The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”
g.809
Śreṇika
Wylie: phreng ba can
Tibetan: ཕྲེང་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śreṇika
A mendicant whose encounter with the Buddha and acceptance of him as the tathāgata features in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras as evidence that the Buddha’s omniscience is not something to be understood through signs or characteristics. Also known as Śreṇika Vatsagotra. The three different renderings of his name in Tibetan‍—sde can, phreng ba can, and bzo sbyangs (which may correspond to Skt. Seniṣka, Prakniṣka, and Śaniṣka)‍—are taken as markers for three different Tibetan translations of the Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, as mentioned in the catalog of the Phukdrak (phug brag) Kangyur and the Thamphü (tham phud) of the Fifth Dalai Lama, Ngawang Lozang Gyatso.
g.810
śrīvatsa
Wylie: dpal gyi be’u
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུ།
Sanskrit: śrīvatsa
Literally “the favorite of the glorious one,” or (as translated into Tibetan) “the calf of the glorious one.” This is an auspicious mark that in Indian Buddhism was said to be formed from a curl of hair on the breast and was depicted in a shape that resembles the fleur-de-lis. In Tibet it is usually represented as an eternal knot. It is also one of the principal attributes of Viṣṇu. Together with the svastika and nandyāvarta, it forms the eightieth minor sign or mark of a buddha and other great beings (mahāpuruṣa).
g.811
stability of mind
Wylie: sems gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasthita
A meditative stability.
g.812
stainless lamplight
Wylie: dri ma med pa’i sgron ma, dri ma myed pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།, དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vimalapradīpa
A meditative stability.
g.813
stainless light
Wylie: ’od dri ma med pa, ’od dri ma myed pa
Tibetan: འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།, འོད་དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabhā
A meditative stability.
g.814
stainless performance
Wylie: dri ma med par spyod
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པར་སྤྱོད།
A meditative stability.
g.815
statements made for a purpose
Wylie: ched du brjod pa
Tibetan: ཆེད་དུ་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: udāna
Fifth of the twelve branches of the scriptures. See also n.­155.
g.816
station of complete suffusion
Wylie: mtha’ dag gi skye mched, chub pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།, ཆུབ་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: kṛtsnāyatana
See “ten stations of complete suffusion.”
g.817
station of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: abhibhvāyatana
See “eight stations of mastery.”
g.818
stealing
Wylie: ma byin par len pa
Tibetan: མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: adatādāna
Second of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Literally, “taking what is not given.”
g.819
stilling
Wylie: zhi gnas
Tibetan: ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit: śamatha
One of the basic forms of Buddhist meditation, which focuses on calming the mind. Often presented as part of a pair of meditation techniques, the other technique being “higher insight.”
g.820
stretching lion
Wylie: seng ge rnam par rkyong ba
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རྐྱོང་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.821
stretching-out lion
Wylie: seng ge rnam par glal ba
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་གླལ་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.822
stūpa
Wylie: mchod rten
Tibetan: མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: stūpa
The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.
g.823
Śubha
Wylie: dge ba
Tibetan: དགེ་བ།
Sanskrit: śubha
Ninth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Virtue.”
g.824
Śubhakṛtsna
Wylie: dge rgyas
Tibetan: དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: śubhakṛtsna
Twelfth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Most Extensive Virtue.”
g.825
Subhūti
Wylie: rab ’byor
Tibetan: རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: subhūti
Name of a śrāvaka elder from Śrāvastī, the younger brother of the wealthy patron Anāthapiṇḍada and one of the principal interlocutors of this text and the other Perfection of Wisdom sūtras. For more detail, see also Twenty-Five Thousand, i.­78–i.­90. He is declared by the Buddha (in the canonical literature) to be foremost among the araṇavihārin (also araṇāvihārin and araṇyavihārin), which can be taken to mean either those “dwelling free of afflicted mental states” (as in the Tib. nyon mongs pa med par gnas pa/spyod pa, Mvy. 6366) or as those “dwelling in seclusion.” He was also described as “foremost among those worthy of donations” (dakṣineyānām agryaḥ, sbyin pa’i gnas nang na mchog tu gyur pa) and in Chinese sources as “foremost in teaching emptiness” (stong nyid ston pa’i mchog tu gyur pa).
g.826
subtle knowledge
Wylie: shes pa phra ba
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་ཕྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: sūkṣmajñāna
The various aspects of the knowledge that engages in subtlety of conduct, etc., include the knowledge that engages with subtle transmigration at the time of death, the knowledge that engages with subtle processes of rebirth, and the knowledge that engages with subtle buddha activities‍—emanation, renunciation, consummate enlightenment, turning the wheel of the Dharma, consecrating the lifespan, passing into final nirvāṇa, and so forth.
g.827
Sudarśana
Wylie: shin tu mthong
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit: sudarśana
Fourth of the five Śuddhāvāsa realms, meaning “Extreme Insight.”
g.828
Śuddhāvāsa
Wylie: gnas gtsang ma’i ris, gtsang ma’i gnas, gnas gtsang ma, gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan: གནས་གཙང་མའི་རིས།, གཙང་མའི་གནས།, གནས་གཙང་མ།, གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit: śuddhāvāsa
The god realms of the five Śuddhāvāsa realms at the pinnacle of the realm of form, extending from Avṛha, through Atapa, Sudṛśa, and Sudarśana to Akaniṣṭha.
g.829
Sudharmā
Wylie: chos bzang po
Tibetan: ཆོས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sudharmā
The assembly hall in the center of Sudarśana, the city in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (Trāyastriṃśa). It has a central throne for Indra (Śakra) and thirty-two thrones arranged to its right and left for the other thirty-two devas that make up the eponymous thirty-three devas of Indra’s paradise. Indra’s own palace is to the north of this assembly hall.
g.830
Sudṛśa
Wylie: gya nom snang ba
Tibetan: གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sudṛśa
Third of the five Śuddhāvāsa realms, meaning “Attractive.”
g.831
suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit: duḥkha
The first of the four truths of the noble ones. The term “suffering” includes all essentially unsatisfactory experiences of life in cyclic existence, whether physical or mental. These comprise (1) the suffering of suffering, i.e., the physical sensations and mental experiences that are self-evident as suffering and toward which spontaneous feelings of aversion arise; (2) the suffering of change, i.e., all experiences that are normally recognized as pleasant and desirable, but which are nonetheless suffering in that persistent indulgence in these always results in changing attitudes of dissatisfaction and boredom; and (3) the suffering of the pervasive conditioning underlying the round of birth, aging, and death.
g.832
Sunirmānarati
Wylie: rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: sunirmānarati
Name of a god.
g.833
support for miraculous ability
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhipāda
See “four supports for miraculous ability.”
g.834
supramundane phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten las ’das pa’i chos
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: lokottara­dharma
Supramundane phenomena include the following: the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, the noble eightfold path, the three gateways to liberation, the faculty of coming to understand what one has not yet understood, the faculty of fully understanding, the faculty of knowing one has fully understood, the meditative stability with an initial mental application and with a sustained mental application, the meditative stability without an initial mental application but with just a sustained mental application, the meditative stability without an initial mental application and without a sustained mental application, the eighteen emptinesses (starting from the emptiness of internal phenomena and ending with the emptiness of an essential nature of nonentities), the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four fearlessnesses, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.835
supreme performance
Wylie: spyod pa dam pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་དམ་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.836
surpassing all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad las shin tu ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmodgata
A meditative stability.
g.837
surveying the crown pinnacle
Wylie: spyi gtsug rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: སྤྱི་གཙུག་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: avalokita­mūrdha
A meditative stability.
g.838
Sūryagarbha
Wylie: nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sūryagarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.839
Sūryamaṇḍalaprabhāsottamaśrī
Wylie: nyi ma’i dkyil ’khor snang ba dam pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྣང་བ་དམ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sūrya­maṇḍala­prabhāsottama­śrī
Name of a buddha in the southwestern direction, residing in the world system called Vigata­rajaḥsañcayā.
g.840
Sūryaprabhāsa
Wylie: nyi ma rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཉི་མ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sūryaprabhāsa
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the southwestern direction called Vigata­rajaḥsañcayā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.841
Susaṃprasthita
Wylie: rab tu zhugs pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: susaṃprasthita
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.842
Susārthavāha
Wylie: ded dpon dam pa
Tibetan: དེད་དཔོན་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: susārthavāha
Name of a bodhisattva. His name is rendered “Sārthavāha” in the Twenty-Five Thousand.
g.843
sustained mental application
Wylie: rnam par dpyod pa, dpyod pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དཔྱོད་པ།, དཔྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vicāra, cāra
See n.­101
g.844
Susthitamati
Wylie: blo gros shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: susthitamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.845
Suvikrāntavikrāmin
Wylie: mthu dam pas rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: མཐུ་དམ་པས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: suvikrānta­vikrāmin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.846
Suyāma
Wylie: rab mtshe ma
Tibetan: རབ་མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit: suyāma
Name of the god presiding over the Yāma realm.
g.847
syllable
Wylie: yi ge
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ།
Sanskrit: akṣara
g.848
syllable accomplishment
Wylie: yi ge mngon par bsgrub pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣarābhi­nirhāra
g.849
tactile consciousness
Wylie: lus kyi rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
g.850
taintless light
Wylie: ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabha
A meditative stability.
g.851
taintless light of the full moon
Wylie: zla ba dri ma myed par rgyas pa’i ’od, zla ba dri ma med pa rgyas pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པར་རྒྱས་པའི་འོད།, ཟླ་བ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ་རྒྱས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇa­vimala­candra­prabha
A meditative stability.
g.852
tales of past lives
Wylie: skyes pa’i rabs
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་པའི་རབས།
Sanskrit: jātaka
Eighth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.853
taming the four māras
Wylie: bdud bzhi ’dul ba
Tibetan: བདུད་བཞི་འདུལ་བ།
A meditative stability.
g.854
tathāgata
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata
A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.855
ten directions
Wylie: phyogs bcu
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśadik
The four cardinal directions along with the four intermediate directions, the zenith, and the nadir.
g.856
ten levels
Wylie: sa bcu
Tibetan: ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabhūmi
There are two sets of ten levels mentioned in the Prajñā­pāramitā literature. One is the same as that found in many other scriptures such as the Ten Bhūmis (Toh 44-31) of the Buddhāvataṃsaka. These are (1) Perfect Joy (pramuditā), (2) Stainless (vimalā), (3) Shining (prabhākarī), (4) Brilliance (arciṣmatī), (5) Difficult to Conquer (sudurjayā), (6) Manifested (abhimukhī), (7) Gone Far (dūraṃgamā), (8) Unwavering (acalā), (9) Perfect Understanding (sādhumatī), and (10) Cloud of Dharma (dharmameghā).The other set of ten levels comprise (1) the level of bright insight or level of ordinary people, (2) the level of the spiritual family, (3) the eighth level, (4) the level of insight, (5) the level of attenuated refinement, (6) the level of no attachment, (7) the level of spiritual achievement (of śrāvakas/arhats), (8) the level of the pratyekabuddhas, (9) the level of the bodhisattvas, and (10) the actual level of the buddhas. (See also Twenty-Five Thousand, n.­316).
g.857
ten mindfulnesses
Wylie: rjes su dran pa bcu
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśānusmṛti
The ten mindfulnesses are (1) mindfulness of the Buddha, (2) mindfulness of the Dharma, (3) mindfulness of the Saṅgha, (4) mindfulness of ethical discipline, (5) mindfulness of giving away, (6) mindfulness of the gods, (7) mindfulness of disillusionment, (8) mindfulness of the inhalation and exhalation of breath, (9) mindfulness of death, and (10) mindfulness of the body.
g.858
ten modes of conduct
Wylie: spyod pa bcu
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśacaryā
These ten modes of conduct are enumerated in the Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.37.a) as follows: (1) writing of the sacred scriptures (dam pa’i chos yi ger ’dri ba), (2) reading them (klog pa), (3) chanting them (kha ton byed pa), (4) bestowing them on others (gzhan la sbyin pa), (5) retaining them (i.e., their words and meaning) (’chang ba), (6) making offerings to them (mchod pa byed pa), (7) listening to others recite/expound them (nyan pa), (8) reflecting upon them (sems pa), (9) meditating on them (sgom pa), and (10) teaching them to others (gzhan dag la ston pa). An alternative listing is found in Ch. 43 of the Buddhāvataṃsaka , comprising (1) conduct that aims to bring all beings to maturation, (2) conduct that aims to investigate all phenomena, (3) conduct that aims to apply all trainings, (4) conduct that aims to accumulate all the roots of virtuous action, (5) conduct that aims to achieve one-pointed meditative stability, (6) conduct that aims to understand wisdom, (7) conduct that aims to cultivate meditation, (8) conduct that aims to adorn the buddhafields, (9) conduct that aims to venerate spiritual teachers, and (10) conduct that aims to make offerings to and serve the tathāgatas. See Nordrang Orgyan, pp. 2259–60.
g.859
ten nonvirtuous actions
Wylie: mi dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: daśākuśala­karman
Killing of living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, slander, verbal abuse, irresponsible chatter, covetousness, malice, and wrong views. See also “nonvirtuous phenomena.”
g.860
ten powers
Wylie: stobs bcu
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabala
The ten powers of the tathāgatas. In this text, they are listed at 9.­51–9.­60.
g.861
ten powers of the tathāgatas
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśa­tathāgata­bala
See the ten powers listed at 9.­51–9.­60.
g.862
ten stations of complete suffusion
Wylie: mtha’ dag gi skye mched bcu
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśa­kṛtsnāyatana
The ten stations of complete suffusion comprise (1) complete suffusion of the earth element, (2) complete suffusion of the water element, (3) complete suffusion of the fire element, (4) complete suffusion of the wind element, (5) complete suffusion of blueness, (6) complete suffusion of yellowness, (7) complete suffusion of redness, (8) complete suffusion of whiteness, (9) complete suffusion of consciousness, and (10) complete suffusion of the space element.In the Ten Thousand and Eighteen Thousand, the Tibetan term is zad par gyi skye mched, and in the Twenty-Five Thousand, ka F.28.b, it is chub pa’i skye mched.
g.863
ten tolerances
Wylie: bzod pa bcu
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśakṣānti
These are listed, with commentary, in the Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.37.a-b) as follows: (1) tolerance of natural disturbances (rang bzhin gyis bzod pa), (2) tolerance that does not consider any harm inflicted by others (gzhan gyis gnod pa byas pa la ji mi snyam pa’i bzod pa), (3) tolerance that accepts the experience of suffering (sdug bsngal nyams su len pa’i bzod pa), (4) tolerance that is intent on what is definitive in the Dharma (chos la nges par mos pa’i bzod pa), (5) tolerance that can endure hardships (bya dka’ ba la bzod pa), (6) tolerance that utilizes the approach of skillful means (thabs kyi sgo’i bzod pa), (7) tolerance of saintly persons (skyes bu dam pa’i bzod pa), (8) tolerance with respect to all aspects (rnam pa thams cad du bzod pa), (9) tolerance of the needs of the destitute (phongs pa ’dod pa la bzod pa), and (10) tolerance of this world of suffering for the sake of others (’di dang gzhan du sdug bsngal ba la bzod pa).
g.864
ten virtuous actions
Wylie: dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: daśakuśala­karman
These are the opposite of the ten nonvirtuous actions, i.e., refraining from engaging in the ten nonvirtuous actions and (in some contexts) doing the opposite.
g.865
their memory does not degenerate
Wylie: dgongs pa nyams pa myi mnga’
Tibetan: དགོངས་པ་ཉམས་པ་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti muṣitasmṛtitā
Third of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.866
their unobstructed and unimpeded transcendental knowledge and seeing engages with the future
Wylie: ma ’ongs pa’i dus la ma thogs ma chags pa’i ye shes gzigs pa ’jug
Tibetan: མ་འོངས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཐོགས་མ་ཆགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་འཇུག
Sanskrit: anāgate ’dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Seventeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.867
their unobstructed and unimpeded transcendental knowledge and seeing engages with the past
Wylie: ’das pa’i dus la ma thogs ma chags pa’i ye shes gzigs pa ’jug
Tibetan: འདས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཐོགས་མ་ཆགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་འཇུག
Sanskrit: atīte ’dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Sixteeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.868
their unobstructed and unimpeded transcendental knowledge and seeing engages with the present
Wylie: da ltar byung ba’i dus la ma thogs ma chags pa’i ye shes gzigs pa ’jug
Tibetan: ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཐོགས་མ་ཆགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་འཇུག
Sanskrit: pratyutpanne ’dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Eighteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.869
thirty-seven factors conducive to enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: sapta­triṃśa­bodhi­pakṣa­dharma
The thirty-seven factors conducive to enlightenment comprise the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, and the noble eightfold path.
g.870
thirty-two major marks of a great person
Wylie: mi chen po’i mtshan sum cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: མི་ཆེན་པོའི་མཚན་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvātriṃśanmahā­puruṣa­lakṣaṇa
These are the major physical marks that identify the buddha form body and which also portend the advent of a wheel-turning emperor. As well as being listed in this and other Prajñā­pāramitā sūtras (see chapter 63 here in the One Hundred Thousand; the Twenty-Five Thousand, 62.­76; the Eighteen Thousand, 73.­89; and the Ten Thousand, 2.­15), they are also found detailed in the Play in Full (Lalitavistara), 7.­98–7.­103 and 26.­147–26.­175; Mahāyānopadeśa ; Ratna­gotra­vibhāgottara­tantra­śāstra, 3.17–25; Mahāvastu; and in the Pali Lakkhaṇasutta.
g.871
thorough investigation
Wylie: kun tu rtog pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་རྟོག་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.872
thoroughbred
Wylie: cang shes pa
Tibetan: ཅང་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ājāneya
Meaning “thoroughbred horse,” the term is used here and in the introductory narratives of many sūtras as a metaphor for nobility.
g.873
those who are separated by one life
Wylie: gcig gis chod pa
Tibetan: གཅིག་གིས་ཆོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ekavīcika
g.874
those who take rebirth no more than seven times
Wylie: lan bdun pa
Tibetan: ལན་བདུན་པ།
Sanskrit: saptakṛtva
g.875
thought construction
Wylie: spros pa
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: prapañca
This term denotes the presence of discursive or conceptual thought processes. Their absence or deconstruction is characteristic of the realization of emptiness or actual reality.
g.876
thousandfold world system
Wylie: stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: sāhasra­loka­dhātu
A universe comprising one thousand world systems, each with its four continents, Mount Sumeru etc., according to traditional Indian cosmology.
g.877
three faculties
Wylie: dbang po gsum
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trīndriya
They are (1) the faculty of coming to understand what one has not yet understood (anājñātamā­jñāsyāmīndriya, yongs su ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po), (2) the faculty of understanding all (ājñendriya, yongs su shes pa’i dbang po), and (3) the faculty of knowing one has fully understood (ājñātāvīndriya, yongs su shes pas rtogs pa’i dbang po).In chapter 2 these three are rendered as the “faculty of coming to fully understand what has not been fully understood,” the “faculty of fully understanding,” and the “faculty of knowing that one has fully understood.”
g.878
three fetters
Wylie: kun tu sbyor ba gsum
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trisaṃyojana
The three fetters comprise false views about perishable composite (i.e., views of the self), doubt, and a sense of moral and ascetic supremacy.
g.879
three gateways to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo gsum
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣamukha
These are (1) emptiness as a gateway to liberation, (2) signlessness as a gateway to liberation, and (3) wishlessness as a gateway to liberation. Among them, emptiness is characterized as the absence of inherent existence, signlessness as the absence of distinguishing marks, and wishlessness as the absence of hopes and fears.
g.880
three knowledges
Wylie: rig pa gsum
Tibetan: རིག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trividyā
These comprise (1) knowledge through recollecting past lives (sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa’i rig pa); (2) knowledge of beings’ death and rebirth (tshe ’pho ba dang skye ba shes pa’i rig pa), in some definitions expressed as knowledge through clairvoyance (lha’i mig gi shes pa); and (3) knowledge of the extinction of contaminants (zag pa zad pa shes pa’i rig pa). See Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.39.b.)
g.881
three meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gsum
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trayaḥ samādhyaḥ
These are listed as (1) the meditative stability of emptiness, (2) the meditative stability of signlessness, and (3) the meditative stability of wishlessness. For an explanation according to this text, see 9.­31. Note that this term is also used in this text to refer to a different set of three meditative stabilities .
g.882
three meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gsum
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trayaḥ samādhyaḥ
These are listed as (1) the meditative stability with an initial mental application and with a sustained mental application, (2) the meditative stability without an initial mental application but with just a sustained mental application, and (3) the meditative stability without an initial mental application and without a sustained mental application. For an explanation according to this text, see 9.­40–9.­43. Note that this term is also used in this text to refer to the usual set of three meditative stabilities: emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness.
g.883
three miraculous powers
Wylie: cho ’phrul rnam pa gsum
Tibetan: ཆོ་འཕྲུལ་རྣམ་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triprātihārya
The three miraculous powers are enumerated in chapter 63 as miraculous magical abilities (ṛddhi­prātihārya, rdzu ’phrul gyi cho ’phrul), miraculous power of knowing the minds of others (ādeśanā­prātihārya, yongs su bstan pa’i cho ’phrul), and miraculous instructing (anuśāsana­prātihārya, rjes su bstan pa’i cho ’phrul). See also Conze (1975): p. 476, who interprets instruction as the knowledge of others’ thoughts. Nordrang Orgyan (2008): p. 231 additionally lists three alternative enumerations.
g.884
three realms
Wylie: khams gsum
Tibetan: ཁམས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tridhātu
The three realms that contain all the various kinds of existence in saṃsāra: the desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm.
g.885
three spheres
Wylie: ’khor gsum
Tibetan: འཁོར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trimaṇḍala
These three aspects, literally “circles” or “provinces,” are the doer, the action, and the object of the action.
g.886
three vehicles
Wylie: theg pa gsum
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triyāna
The śrāvaka vehicle, the pratyekabuddha vehicle, and the bodhisattva vehicle.
g.887
through their own extrasensory powers they have actualized, achieved, and dwell in the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free of contaminants because all contaminants have ceased
Wylie: zag pa rnams zad pa’i phyir sems rnam par grol ba dang / shes rab rnam par grol ba zag pa myed pa/ rang gis mngon par shes pas mngon du byas te/ nye bar bsgrubs shing rnam par spyod do/
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་རྣམས་ཟད་པའི་ཕྱིར་སེམས་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་དང་། ཤེས་རབ་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་ཟག་པ་མྱེད་པ། རང་གིས་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པས་མངོན་དུ་བྱས་ཏེ། ཉེ་བར་བསྒྲུབས་ཤིང་རྣམ་པར་སྤྱོད་དོ།
Tenth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.888
tīrthika
Wylie: mu stegs can
Tibetan: མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: tīrthika
Those of other religious or philosophical orders, contemporary with the early Buddhist order, including Jains, Jaṭilas, Ājīvikas, and Cārvākas. Tīrthika (“forder”) literally translates as “one belonging to or associated with (possessive suffix –ika) stairs for landing or for descent into a river,” or “a bathing place,” or “a place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams” (Monier-Williams). The term may have originally referred to temple priests at river crossings or fords where travelers propitiated a deity before crossing. The Sanskrit term seems to have undergone metonymic transfer in referring to those able to ford the turbulent river of saṃsāra (as in the Jain tīrthaṅkaras, “ford makers”), and it came to be used in Buddhist sources to refer to teachers of rival religious traditions. The Sanskrit term is closely rendered by the Tibetan mu stegs pa: “those on the steps (stegs pa) at the edge (mu).”
g.889
tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti
A term meaning acceptance, forbearance, or patience. As the third of the six perfections, patience is classified into three kinds: the capacity to tolerate abuse from sentient beings, to tolerate the hardships of the path to buddhahood, and to tolerate the profound nature of reality. As a term referring to a bodhisattva’s realization, dharmakṣānti (chos la bzod pa) can refer to the ways one becomes “receptive” to the nature of Dharma, and it can be an abbreviation of anutpattikadharmakṣānti, “forbearance for the unborn nature, or nonproduction, of dharmas.”
g.890
total illumination
Wylie: kun tu snang ba, kun nas snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།, ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsa
A meditative stability.
g.891
total illumination
Wylie: kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantāvaloka
A meditative stability. See also n.­467.
g.892
transcendence of the range
Wylie: yul las rgal ba
Tibetan: ཡུལ་ལས་རྒལ་བ།
Sanskrit: viṣamaśānti
A meditative stability.
g.893
Transcendental knowledge
Wylie: ye shes
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: jñāna AD
Although the Sanskrit term jñāna can refer to knowledge in a general sense, it is often used in Buddhist texts to refer to the mode of awareness of a realized being. In contrast to ordinary knowledge, which mistakenly perceives phenomena as real entities having real properties, transcendental knowledge perceives the emptiness of phenomena, their lack of intrinsic essence. It is often translated as “pristine awareness,” “primordial wisdom,” “primordial awareness,” “gnosis,” or the like. Also rendered here simply as “knowledge.”
g.894
transcending all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad las ’da’ ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་འདའ་བ།
Sanskrit: praticcheda­kara
A meditative stability.
g.895
Trayastriṃśa
Wylie: sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan: སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trayastriṃśa
Second god realm of desire, abode of the thirty-three gods.
g.896
Tree at the Seat of Enlightenment
Wylie: snying po byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: bodhi­maṇḍa­vṛkṣa
The tree at Vajrāsana under which all the buddhas attain enlightenment.
g.897
Tridé Tsuktsen
Wylie: khri lde gtsug btsan
Tibetan: ཁྲི་ལྡེ་གཙུག་བཙན།
Eighth-century Tibetan king, 704–755, the father of Tri Songdetsen. Also known by the moniker Mé Aktsom (mes ag tshoms).
g.898
Trulnang
Wylie: ra sa ’phrul snang, ’phrul snang
Tibetan: ར་ས་འཕྲུལ་སྣང་།, འཕྲུལ་སྣང་།
The original name of the temple in Lhasa, first built in the reign of Songtsen Gampo, on the site now known as the Jokhang.
g.899
truths of the noble ones
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: āryasatya
See “four truths of the noble ones.”
g.900
turn the wheel of the Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­pravartana
This metaphor refers to the promulgation of the Buddhist teachings by the Buddha.
g.901
Tuṣita
Wylie: dga’ ldan
Tibetan: དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: tuṣita
Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy , (Toh 199).
g.902
twelve branches of the scriptures
Wylie: gsung rab yan lag bcu nyis
Tibetan: གསུང་རབ་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་ཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāṅga-pravacana AO
The twelve branches of the scriptures or “twelve branches of excellent speech” are discourses (Tib. mdo’i sde, Skt. sūtra), sayings in prose and verse (Tib. dbyangs kyis bsnyad pa, Skt. geya), prophetic declarations (Tib. lung du bstan pa, Skt. vyākaraṇa), verses (Tib. tshigs su bcad pa, Skt. gāthā), statements made for a purpose (Tib. ched du brjod pa, Skt. udāna), introductions (Tib. gleng gzhi brjod pa, Skt. nidāna), narratives (Tib. rtogs pa brjod pa, Skt. avadāna), accounts (Tib. de lta bu byung ba, Skt. itivṛttaka), tales of past lives (Tib. skyes pa’i rabs kyi sde, Skt. jātaka), marvelous events (Tib. rmad du byung ba’i chos kyi sde, Skt. adbhūtadharma), and established instructions (Tib. gtan la bab par bstan pa, Skt. upadeśa), and most extensive teachings (Tib. shin tu rgyas pa, Skt. vaipulya).
g.903
twelve links of dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba’i yan lag bcu gnyis
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བའི་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāṅga­pratītya­samutpāda
The twelve links that make up the sequence of dependent origination are (1) ignorance, (2) formative predispositions, (3) consciousness, (4) name and form, (5) sense fields, (6) sensory contact, (7) sensation, (8) craving, (9) grasping, (10) rebirth process, (11) birth , and (12) aging and death. See also “dependent origination.”
g.904
twelve sense fields
Wylie: skye mched bcu gnyis
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāyatana
These comprise the six inner sense fields and six outer sense fields.
g.905
twenty higher aspirations
Wylie: lhag pa’i bsam pa nyi shu
Tibetan: ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ་ཉི་ཤུ།
Sanskrit: vimśatyadhi­citta
These twenty higher aspirations (vimśatyadhi­citta, lhag pa’i bsam pa nyi shu) are enumerated and explained in the Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.39.a et seq.). They comprise (1) the supreme aspiration of higher faith in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha (sangs rgyas dang chos dang dge ’dun la lhag par dad cing sems pa mchog gi bsam pa); (2) the aspiration of the higher attitude to ethical discipline that adopts the vows of the bodhisattvas’ ethical discipline (byang chub sems dpa’i tshul khrims kyi sdom pa yang dag par blang ba la lhag par sems pa’i tshul khrims kyi bsam pa); (3) the aspiration of the higher attitude to perfection in order to achieve the perfections of generosity, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration, and wisdom (sbyin pa dang bzod pa dang brtson ’grus dang bsam gtan dang shes rab yang dag par grub par bya ba’i phyir lhag par sems pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa’i bsam pa); (4) the aspiration of the genuine higher attitude concerning the nonself of phenomena and individual persons, ultimate reality, and the profound real nature of phenomena (chos dang gang zag la bdag med pa dang don dam pa dang chos kyi de bzhin nyid zab mo la lhag par sems pa yang dag pa’i don gyi bsam pa); (5) the unchanging and steadfast aspiration that one-pointedly establishes the certainty of complete enlightenment (yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub tu sems rtse gcig tu nges par gyur cing mi ’gyur ba brtan pa’i bsam pa); (6) the impure aspiration of the higher attitude to the level of engagement through belief (mos pas spyod pa’i sa la lhag pa’i bsam pa ma dag pa’i bsam pa); (7) the pure higher aspiration concerning the levels from the first to the eighth (sa dang po nas sa brgyad pa’i bar gyi lhag pa’i bsam pa dag pa); (8) the utterly pure higher aspiration concerning the ninth and concluding [tenth] levels (mthar phyin pa’i sa ste sa dgu pa dang bcu pa’i lhag pa’i bsam pa shin tu dag pa); (9) the higher aspiration concerning the inconceivable might of the extrasensory powers of the buddhas and bodhisattvas (sangs rgyas dang byang chub sems dpa’ rnams kyi mngon par shes pa bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i mthu la lhag par bsam pa); (10) the beneficial aspiration that introduces beings to the practice of virtuous action (sems can rnams dge ba byed du ’jug pa phan pa’i bsam pa); (11) the aspiration that is undeceiving concerning the teacher and the object of generosity (bla ma dang sbyin gnas la mi slu ba’i bsam pa); (12) the aspiration to bring about happiness when bodhisattvas associate with conduct in conformity with the Dharma (byang chub sems dpa’ chos mthun par spyod pa dang / ’grogs na bde bar bya ba’i bsam pa); (13) the aspiration to overpower the minds of those overwhelmed by the afflicted mental states, the subsidiary afflicted mental states, and all the deeds of Māra (nyon mongs pa dang / nye ba’i nyon mongs pa dang bdud kyi las thams cad zil gyis mnan pa dag gi sems kyi dbang du gyur par bya ba’i bsam pa); (14) the aspiration of the view concerning the defects in all formative predispositions (’du byed thams cad la skyon du lta ba’i bsam pa); (15) the aspiration of the view concerning the advantages in the attainment of nirvāṇa (mya ngan las ’das pa la phan yon du lta ba’i bsam pa); (16) the aspiration to constantly cultivate the factors conducive to enlightenment (byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos rnams rtag tu bsgom pa bya ba’i bsam pa); (17) the aspiration to stay in isolation until one attains conformity with cultivation of those very factors conducive to enlightenment (byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos de dag nyid bsgom pa dang mthun pa’i bar du dben pa la gnas pa’i bsam pa); (18) the aspiration that disregards mundane materialism, acquisition, and fame (’jig rten gyi zang zing dang / rnyed pa dang bkur sti la mi lta ba’i bsam pa); (19) the aspiration to realize the Great Vehicle, abandoning the Lesser Vehicle (theg pa chung ngu spangs te theg pa chen po rtogs par bya ba’i bsam pa); and (20) the aspiration to accomplish all the aims of all beings (sems can thams cad kyi don thams cad bya ba’i bsam pa).
g.906
ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārtha
g.907
unattached to any phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la chags pa myed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.908
unchanging nature of reality
Wylie: chos myi ’gyur ba nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་མྱི་འགྱུར་བ་ཉིད།
g.909
uncommon phenomena
Wylie: thun mong ma lags pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཐུན་མོང་མ་ལགས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: asādhāraṇa­dharma
The uncommon phenomena from the perspective of ordinary persons are listed at 8.­90.
g.910
unconditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus ma byas
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛta
Unconditioned phenomena are defined in 5.­173 as those which are nonarising, nondwelling, and nonperishing, while the Ten Thousand (2.­82) adds nontransformation with respect to all things, the cessation of desire , the cessation of hatred, the cessation of delusion, the abiding of phenomena in the real nature, reality, the realm of phenomena, maturity with respect to all things, the real nature, the unmistaken real nature, the one and only real nature, and the finality of existence. Although the Prajñā­pāramitā analysis ultimately places all phenomena in this category, that analysis derives its force by contrasting with the way in which the various Abhidharma traditions classify the unconditioned, principally including nirvāṇa and in some cases space and certain kinds of cessation. See also n.­129.
g.911
uncontaminated phenomena
Wylie: zag pa ma mchis pa’i chos, zag pa med pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ཆོས།, ཟག་པ་མེད་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: anāsrava­dharma
Uncontaminated phenomena include the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, the noble eightfold path, the four truths of the noble ones, the eight liberations, the nine serial steps of meditative absorption, emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, all the gateways of the meditative stabilities and the dhāraṇīs, the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four fearlessnesses, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas. See also n.­129.
g.912
undefiled
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa ma mchis pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkleśa
g.913
unimpaired
Wylie: nyams pa med pa, nyam pa med pa, nyam pa myed pa
Tibetan: ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།, ཉམ་པ་མེད་པ།, ཉམ་པ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asampramuṣita
A meditative stability.
g.914
unimpaired by all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad nyam pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཉམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāsaṃpramoṣa
A meditative stability.
g.915
unimpaired extrasensory power
Wylie: mngon par shes pa mi nyam pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་མི་ཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: acyutānāgāminyabhijñā
A meditative stability.
g.916
union
Wylie: rnal ’byor
Tibetan: རྣལ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: yoga
Although the term could be rendered “practice,” “yogic practice,” or simply “yoga,” in these passages the underlying meaning of the term is emphasized. Note that the Sanskrit term translated in this text as “engaged” (yukta) is closely related, even though the Tibetan (brtson) is less so.
g.917
unmistaken real nature
Wylie: ma nor ba de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: མ་ནོར་བ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: avitathatā
g.918
unmodified
Wylie: ’gyur ba med pa, ’gyur ba myed pa
Tibetan: འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།, འགྱུར་བ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avikāra
A meditative stability.
g.919
unmoving
Wylie: mi g.yo ba, myi g.yo ba
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བ།, མྱི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: aniñjaya
A meditative stability.
g.920
unseeking
Wylie: tshol ba med pa, tshol ba myed pa
Tibetan: ཚོལ་བ་མེད་པ།, ཚོལ་བ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animiṣa
A meditative stability.
g.921
unsurpassed, perfect, complete enlightenment
Wylie: bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub, bla na myed pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།, བླ་ན་མྱེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: anuttara­samyaksambodhi AS
g.922
unvanquished
Wylie: myi ’pham pa, mi ’pham pa
Tibetan: མྱི་འཕམ་པ།, མི་འཕམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ajaya
A meditative stability.
g.923
unwavering
Wylie: g.yo ba med pa, g.yo ba myed pa
Tibetan: གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།, གཡོ་བ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acala
A meditative stability.
g.924
Upaśāntā
Wylie: nye bar zhi ba
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: upaśāntā
Name of a world system in the western direction, where the buddha Ratnārcis teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.925
upper robe
Wylie: bla gos
Tibetan: བླ་གོས།
Sanskrit: uttarāsaṅga
In common parlance, this denotes the patched, yellow upper robe worn by renunciates.
g.926
Uttaramati
Wylie: blo gros dam pa
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: uttaramati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.927
vajra
Wylie: rdo rje
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajra
This term generally indicates indestructibility and stability. In the sūtras, vajra most often refers to the hardest possible physical substance, said to have divine origins. In some scriptures, it is also the name of the all-powerful weapon of Indra, which in turn is crafted from vajra material. In the tantras, the vajra is sometimes a scepter-like ritual implement, but the term can also take on other esoteric meanings.In this text also the name of a meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.928
vajra maṇḍala
Wylie: rdo rje’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: vajramaṇḍala
A meditative stability.
g.929
vajra-like
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropama
A meditative stability.
g.930
vajra-like meditative stability
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: vajropama­samādhi
g.931
vajra-like transcendental knowledge
Wylie: ye shes rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropamajñāna
g.932
Vajramati
Wylie: rdo rje blo gros
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: vajramati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.933
Vardhamānamati
Wylie: blo gros ’phel ba
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vardhamānamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.934
Varuṇadeva
Wylie: chu bdag lha
Tibetan: ཆུ་བདག་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: varuṇadeva
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.935
Vaśavartin
Wylie: rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: vaśavartin
King of the gods of Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin.
g.936
Vaśavartin
Wylie: dbang byed
Tibetan: དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: vaśavartin
g.937
Vaśībhūtā
Wylie: dbang du gyur pa
Tibetan: དབང་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: vaśībhūtā
Name of a world system in the northwestern direction, where the buddha Ekacchatra teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.938
vehicle of the bodhisattvas
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i theg pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­sattva­yāna
This is equivalent to the Great Vehicle.
g.939
venerable
Wylie: tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: āyuṣmān
A respectful form of address between monks, and also between lay companions of equal standing. It literally means “one who has a [long] life.”
g.940
verbal abuse
Wylie: zhe gcod pa
Tibetan: ཞེ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pāruṣya
Sixth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered as “harsh words.”
g.941
verses
Wylie: tshigs su bcad pa
Tibetan: ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པ།
Sanskrit: gāthā
Fourth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.942
very limit of reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: bhūtakoṭi
This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.
g.943
vetiver
Wylie: rtsi skyang
Tibetan: རྩི་སྐྱང་།
Sanskrit: vīraṇa AD
Andropogon Muricatus.
g.944
victory banner
Wylie: rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: dhvaja
One of the eight auspicious symbols, often in the form of a rooftop ornament, representing the Buddha’s victory over malign forces.
g.945
Videha
Wylie: lus ’phags
Tibetan: ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit: videha
One of the four main continents that surround Sumeru, the central mountain in classical Buddhist cosmology. It is the eastern continent, characterized as “sublime in physique,” and it is semicircular in shape. The humans who live there are twice as tall as those from our southern continent, and live for 250 years. It is known as Videha and Pūrva­videha.
g.946
viewer
Wylie: mthong ba po
Tibetan: མཐོང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: darśaka
g.947
Vigatarajaḥsañcayā
Wylie: rdul gyi tshogs dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་གྱི་ཚོགས་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vigata­rajaḥsañcayā
Name of a world system in the southwestern direction, where the buddha Sūrya­maṇḍala­prabhāsottama­śrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.948
Vigataśoka
Wylie: ngan med pa
Tibetan: ངན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vigataśoka
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the southern direction called Sarva­śokāpagata, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.949
Vijayavikrāmin
Wylie: rnam par rgyal bas rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: vijayavikrāmin
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the northeastern intermediate direction called Samādhyalaṅkṛta, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.950
Vinaya
Wylie: ’dul ba
Tibetan: འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vinaya
The vows and texts pertaining to monastic discipline.
g.951
virtuous attributes
Wylie: dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: kuśaladharma
Also translated here as “virtuous phenomena.”
g.952
virtuous phenomena
Wylie: dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: kuśaladharma
Also translated here as “virtuous attributes.” For a listing of the mundane virtuous phenomena, see 8.­77.
g.953
Viśeṣamati
Wylie: ’phags pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: viśeṣamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.954
Viśrāntin
Wylie: ngal bso po
Tibetan: ངལ་བསོ་པོ།
Sanskrit: viśrāntin
An epithet of Vaiśravaṇa, one of the Four Great Kings. See Negi 1995, vol. 3, p. 945.
g.955
visual consciousness
Wylie: mig gi rnam par shes pa, myig gi rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།, མྱིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
g.956
visually compounded sensory contact
Wylie: mig gi ’dus te reg pa, myig gi ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: མིག་གི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།, མྱིག་གི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: cakṣuḥsaṃsparśa
g.957
void
Wylie: dben pa
Tibetan: དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: vivikta
“Void” renders dben pa (vivikta); alternatively, “isolated,” in the sense that there is nothing else beside it.
g.958
Vṛha
Wylie: che ba
Tibetan: ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: vṛha
Thirteenth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Great.” Vṛhat is the spelling, not bṛha(t) in Ghoṣa (the only place these divisions are attested to our knowledge).
g.959
Vṛhatphala
Wylie: ’bras bu che
Tibetan: འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: vṛhatphala
Sixteenth and highest of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Great Fruition.”
g.960
Vulture Peak
Wylie: ri bya rgod ’phungs po
Tibetan: རི་བྱ་རྒོད་འཕུངས་པོ།
Sanskrit: gṛdhrakūṭa
The Gṛdhra­kūṭa, literally Vulture Peak, was a hill located in the kingdom of Magadha, in the vicinity of the ancient city of Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir, in the state of Bihar, India), where the Buddha bestowed many sūtras, especially the Great Vehicle teachings, such as the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. It continues to be a sacred pilgrimage site for Buddhists to this day.
g.961
Vyūharāja
Wylie: rnam par bkod pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བཀོད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vyūharāja
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.962
Vyūharāja
Wylie: rgyan gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vyūharāja
Name that ten thousand living beings in the assembly will bear when they become buddhas.
g.963
wandering mendicant
Wylie: kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit: parivrājaka AD
A non-Buddhist religious mendicant who literally “roams around.” Historically, they wandered in India from ancient times, including the time of the Buddha, and held a variety of beliefs, engaging with one another in debate on a range of topics. Some of their metaphysical views are presented in the early Buddhist discourses of the Pali Canon. They included women in their number.
g.964
water element
Wylie: chu’i khams
Tibetan: ཆུའི་ཁམས།
g.965
Wé Mañjuśrī
Wylie: dbas ma.ny+dzu shrI, sbas ma.ny+dzu shrI, dba’ ma.ny+dzu shrI
Tibetan: དབས་མཉྫུ་ཤྲཱི།, སྦས་མཉྫུ་ཤྲཱི།, དབའ་མཉྫུ་ཤྲཱི།
An early Tibetan translator.
g.966
well established as the king of meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin la rgyal po ltar rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ལ་རྒྱལ་པོ་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: samādhi­rāja­supratiṣṭhita
A meditative stability.
g.967
well situated
Wylie: rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhita
A meditative stability.
g.968
well-engaging king of meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po bde bar ’jug pa, ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po bde bar ’jugs pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་བདེ་བར་འཇུག་པ།, ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་བདེ་བར་འཇུགས་པ།
A meditative stability. In the latter part of chapter 8 and in chapter 11 this is rendered as “well-founded king of meditative stabilities” (ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po bde bar ’dzugs pa).
g.969
well-founded king of meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po bde bar ’dzugs pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་བདེ་བར་འཛུགས་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.970
well-gone one
Wylie: bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sugata
One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).
g.971
wheel-turning emperor
Wylie: ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: cakravartīrāja
An ideal monarch or emperor who, as the result of the merit accumulated in previous lifetimes, rules over a vast realm in accordance with the Dharma. Such a monarch is called a cakravartin because he bears a wheel (cakra) that rolls (vartate) across the earth, bringing all lands and kingdoms under his power. The cakravartin conquers his territory without causing harm, and his activity causes beings to enter the path of wholesome actions. According to Vasubandhu’s Abhidharmakośa, just as with the buddhas, only one cakravartin appears in a world system at any given time. They are likewise endowed with the thirty-two major marks of a great being (mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa), but a cakravartin’s marks are outshined by those of a buddha. They possess seven precious objects: the wheel, the elephant, the horse, the wish-fulfilling gem, the queen, the general, and the minister. An illustrative passage about the cakravartin and his possessions can be found in The Play in Full (Toh 95), 3.3–3.13. Vasubandhu lists four types of cakravartins: (1) the cakravartin with a golden wheel (suvarṇacakravartin) rules over four continents and is invited by lesser kings to be their ruler; (2) the cakravartin with a silver wheel (rūpyacakravartin) rules over three continents and his opponents submit to him as he approaches; (3) the cakravartin with a copper wheel (tāmracakravartin) rules over two continents and his opponents submit themselves after preparing for battle; and (4) the cakravartin with an iron wheel (ayaścakravartin) rules over one continent and his opponents submit themselves after brandishing weapons.
g.972
white-blotched skin
Wylie: sha bkra
Tibetan: ཤ་བཀྲ།
Sanskrit: kilāsa
The Sanskrit and Tibetan terms are sometimes used to denote leucoderma or vitiligo, a benign skin condition, but the context here suggest this is more likely to be a reference to the pale skin lesions seen in certain forms of leprosy.
g.973
wind element
Wylie: rlung gi khams
Tibetan: རླུང་གི་ཁམས།
g.974
wisdom
Wylie: shes rab
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: prajñā
In the context‌ of the perfections, wisdom is the sixth of the six perfections. The translation of prajñā (shes rab) by “wisdom” here defers to the precedent established by Edward Conze in his writings. It has a certain poetic resonance which more accurate renderings‍—“discernment,” “discriminative awareness,” or “intelligence”‍—unfortunately lack. It should be remembered that in Abhidharma, prajñā is classed as one of the five object-determining mental states (pañca­viṣaya­niyata, yul nges lnga), alongside “will,” “resolve,” “mindfulness,” and “meditative stability.” Following Asaṅga’s Abhidharma­samuccaya , Jamgon Kongtrul (The Treasury of Knowledge, Book 6, Pt. 2, p. 498), defines prajñā as “the discriminative awareness that analyzes specific and general characteristics.” See also “perfection of wisdom.”
g.975
wishlessness
Wylie: smon pa myed pa, smon pa med pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་པ་མྱེད་པ།, སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apraṇihita
The ultimate absence of any wish, desire, or aspiration, even those directed towards buddhahood. One of the three gateways to liberation; the other two are emptiness and signlessness.
g.976
wishlessness as a gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo smon pa myed pa, rnam par thar pa’i sgo smon pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་སྨོན་པ་མྱེད་པ།, རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apraṇihita­vimokṣa­mukha AD
Third of the three gateways to liberation.
g.977
with a dustless and dust-free principle
Wylie: rdul med cing rdul dang bral ba’i tshul dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྡུལ་མེད་ཅིང་རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ཚུལ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: arajī­virajonaya­yukta
A meditative stability.
g.978
without apprehending anything
Wylie: myi dmyigs pa’i tshul, mi dmyigs pa’i tshul, mi dmigs pa’i tshul
Tibetan: མྱི་དམྱིགས་པའི་ཚུལ།, མི་དམྱིགས་པའི་ཚུལ།, མི་དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: anupalambha­yogena
The expression “without apprehending anything” suggests that bodhisattva great beings should teach without perceiving anything as inherently existing.
g.979
without attachment or impediment
Wylie: chags pa dang thogs pa med pa, chags pa dang thogs pa myed pa
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་དང་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པ།, ཆགས་པ་དང་ཐོགས་པ་མྱེད་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.980
without clumsiness
Wylie: ’khrul pa myi mnga’
Tibetan: འཁྲུལ་པ་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti skhalitam
First of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.981
without differentiating perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes sna tshogs myi mnga’
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་སྣ་ཚོགས་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti nānātvasaṃjñā
Fourth or fifth (depending on the list) of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.982
without enmity
Wylie: gcugs myed pa
Tibetan: གཅུགས་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asamucchita
g.983
without mistakes
Wylie: khrul pa med pa
Tibetan: ཁྲུལ་པ་མེད་པ།
A meditative stability.
g.984
without settled focus
Wylie: gnas su bya ba med pa
Tibetan: གནས་སུ་བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niradhiṣṭhāna
A meditative stability.
g.985
without the indifference that lacks discernment
Wylie: ma brtags pa’i btang snyoms myi mnga’
Tibetan: མ་བརྟགས་པའི་བཏང་སྙོམས་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: aprati­saṃkhyāyopekṣā
Sixth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.986
without uncomposed minds
Wylie: thugs mnyam par ma bzhag pa myi mnga’
Tibetan: ཐུགས་མཉམ་པར་མ་བཞག་པ་མྱི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsty asamāhitacitta
Fourth or fifth (depending on the list) of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.987
world of Yama
Wylie: gshin rje’i ’jig rten
Tibetan: གཤིན་རྗེའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: yamaloka
The land of the dead ruled over by the Lord of Death. In Buddhism it refers to the preta realm, where beings generally suffer from hunger and thirst, which in traditional Brahmanism is the fate of those departed without descendants to make ancestral offerings.
g.988
worthy repository
Wylie: snod du gyur pa
Tibetan: སྣོད་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: pātragata
A meditative stability.
g.989
wrong view
Wylie: lta ba
Tibetan: ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭi
Second of the four torrents.
g.990
wrong views
Wylie: log par lta ba
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: mithyādṛṣṭi
Tenth of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.991
yakṣa
Wylie: gnod sbyin
Tibetan: གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: yakṣa
A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa. Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.
g.992
Yāma
Wylie: mtshe ma
Tibetan: མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit: yāma
Third god realm of desire, meaning “Strifeless.”
g.993
Yaśodharā
Wylie: grags ’dzin
Tibetan: གྲགས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: yaśodharā
Daughter of Śākya Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi), sister of Iṣudhara and Aniruddha, she was the wife of Prince Siddhārtha and mother of his only child, Rāhula. After Prince Siddhārtha left his kingdom and attained awakening as the Buddha, she became his disciple and one of the first women to be ordained as a bhikṣunī. She attained the level of an arhat, a worthy one, endowed with the six superknowledges.
g.994
yawning lion
Wylie: seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vijṛmbhita
A meditative stability. According to the Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, F.53.a), it refers to a tathāgata’s power to overcome or even preempt all opposition by sheer power and magnificence.
g.995
yojana
Wylie: dpag tshad
Tibetan: དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit: yojana
A yojana is eight “earshots,” or the distance a cart yoked to two oxen can go in a day.
g.996
Zhang Yeshe Dé
Wylie: zhang ye shes sde
Tibetan: ཞང་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
One of the most important Tibetan translators and chief editors of the early translation period (late eighth and early ninth century), responsible for a large number of canonical translations and author of several Tengyur texts.